Toh 381 — Emergence from Sampuṭa
Sampuṭodbhavaḥ
Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.
The Foundation of All Tantras, the Great Sovereign Compendium
Emergence from Sampuṭa
Chapter 1
Part 1
F.73.bOṁ, homage to Vajraḍāka!
Thus did I hear at one time. The Blessed One was dwelling in the bhagas of vajra queens, which are the essence of the body, speech, and mind of all tathāgatas. There, he noticed Vajragarbha in the midst of eight hundred million lords of yogins, and smiled. As the Blessed One smiled, Vajragarbha immediately rose from his seat, draped his robe over his shoulder, and knelt on his right knee. With palms joined, he spoke to the Blessed One. {1.1.1}
“I would like to hear, O master of gnosis, about the secret foundation of all tantras, defined as their emergence from sampuṭa.” {1.1.2}
The Blessed One said:
The Blessed One replied, “These tantras are all the tantras. By the phrase all the tantras is meant the Guhyasamāja Tantra, and so forth. That which constitutes their foundation has been established—this is what is meant. Because this foundation is inaccessible to Viṣṇu, Śiva, Brahmā, hearers, and solitary buddhas, it is secret. This secret foundation is sampuṭa, whose nature is gnosis and skillful means. F.74.a This (gnosis and means) itself is the emergence, which is the meditative absorption of sampuṭa—this is what is meant.[1]Emergence means ‘arising.’ Such defines the intrinsic nature of all animate and inanimate things.[2] Therefore it is their defining characteristic. {1.1.8}
“Alternatively, by the word sampuṭa[3]—sampuṭa that is the foundation of all the tantras—Vajrasattva is meant. By the word secret is meant the secret character of encoding a mantra according to specified rules, of the empowerment ritual of the maṇḍala deities, and so forth. {1.1.9}
“Hear this tantra, explained by me, which has the nature of insight and means!
Vajragarbha said:
The Blessed One said:
Part 2
“Now I will teach the thirty-seven auxiliary factors of awakening.
“The following are the four applications of mindfulness:
“From observing the body—dwelling upon the inner body, the outer body, and both the inner and outer body simultaneously—one reaches an understanding and becomes mindful of the world of beings who require guidance, dejected on account of their ignorance. {1.2.1}
“From observing the sensations—dwelling upon the inner sensations, the outer sensations, and both the inner and outer sensations simultaneously—one reaches an understanding and becomes mindful of the world of beings who require guidance, dejected on account of their ignorance. {1.2.2}
“From observing phenomena—dwelling upon inner phenomena, outer phenomena, and both inner and outer phenomena simultaneously—one reaches an understanding and becomes mindful of the world of beings who require guidance, dejected on account of their ignorance. {1.2.3}
“From observing the mind—dwelling upon the inner mind, the outer mind, and both the inner and outer minds simultaneously—one reaches an understanding and becomes mindful of the world of beings who require guidance, dejected on account of their ignorance. {1.2.4}
“These are the four applications of mindfulness. {1.2.5}
“Now, for the four right exertions, one forms a strong wish that evil and unwholesome dharmas that have not yet arisen may not arise. One strives for this, takes up discipline for its sake, reins in one’s thoughts, and makes a genuine resolution toward this end. {1.2.6} F.76.b
“One forms a strong wish for the removal of evil and unwholesome dharmas that have already arisen. One strives for this, takes up discipline for its sake, reins in one’s thoughts, and makes a genuine resolution toward this end. {1.2.7}
“One forms a strong wish that wholesome dharmas that have not yet arisen may arise. One strives for this, takes up discipline for its sake, reins in one’s thoughts, and makes a genuine resolution toward this end. {1.2.8}
“In the same way, one forms a strong wish—one which increases by cultivating it more and more—for the wholesome dharmas that have arisen to remain, for complete fulfillment through the cultivation of immeasurable skillful means, and for the complete fulfillment of that which has not yet been fulfilled. One strives for this, takes up discipline for its sake, reins in one’s thoughts, and makes a genuine resolution to this end. {1.2.9}
“These are the four right exertions. {1.2.10}
“Now, for the four bases of miraculous power, one cultivates the miraculous power of the samādhi of aspiration accompanied by the formation of relinquishment. This involves renunciation based on discrimination, the absence of desire, and the cessation of afflictions, leading to refinement in which one thinks, ‘May my aspiration not be too slack, may it not be too taut.’ {1.2.11}
“One cultivates the miraculous power of the samādhi of diligence accompanied by the formation of relinquishment. This involves renunciation based on discrimination, the absence of desire, and the cessation of afflictions, leading to refinement in which one thinks, ‘May my diligence not be too slack, may it not be too taut.’ {1.2.12}
“One cultivates the miraculous power of the samādhi of investigation accompanied by the formation of relinquishment. This involves renunciation based on discrimination, the absence of desire, and the cessation of afflictions, leading to refinement in which one thinks, ‘May my investigation not be too slack, may it not be too taut.’ {1.2.13}
“One cultivates the miraculous power of the samādhi of mental activity accompanied by the formation of relinquishment. This involves renunciation based on discrimination, the absence of desire, F.77.a and the cessation of afflictions, leading to refinement in which one thinks, ‘May my mental activity not be too slack, may it not be too taut.’ {1.2.14}
“These are the four bases of miraculous power.[26] {1.2.15}
“Now, for the five faculties, one places one’s faith in the worldly correct view that is valid in the realm of desire.[27] This means to develop conviction in the ripening of one’s karma. With the thought, ‘Whatever acts I am going to commit, whether wholesome or unwholesome, I acknowledge that they will bear results,’ one does not commit unwholesome acts even at the risk of losing one’s life. This is called the faculty of faith. {1.2.16}
“One acquires by means of the faculty of diligence whatever qualities one places one’s faith in using the faculty of faith. This is called the faculty of diligence. {1.2.17}
“With the faculty of mindfulness one is not in danger of destroying whatever qualities were acquired by means of the faculty of diligence. This is called the faculty of mindfulness. {1.2.18}
“One brings one-pointed focus with the faculty of samādhi to the qualities that are safeguarded by the faculty of mindfulness. This is called the faculty of samādhi. {1.2.19}
“One fully comprehends with the faculty of insight the qualities that one contemplates one-pointedly with the faculty of samādhi. This is called the faculty of insight. {1.2.20}
“These five faculties develop into five powers, namely, (1) the power of faith, (2) the power of diligence, (3) the power of mindfulness, (4) the power of samādhi, and (5) the power of insight. These are the five powers. {1.2.21}
“What in this list of thirty-seven factors are the seven aids to awakening? They are (1) the mindfulness aid to awakening, (2) the examination of phenomena aid to awakening, (3) the diligence aid to awakening, (4) the contentment aid to awakening, (5) the serenity aid to awakening, F.77.b (6) the samādhi aid to awakening, and (7) the equanimity aid to awakening. These involve renunciation based on discrimination, the absence of desire, and cessation, and lead to total refinement in which one becomes completely free of afflictions. One should cultivate these seven aids to awakening, the examination of phenomena, and so forth. {1.2.22}
“And what is the noble eightfold path? The correct view, which transcends the mundane sphere, is not being motivated by the belief in a soul (ātman). It is being motivated instead by the belief that there is no being (sattva), psyche (jīva), spirit (poṣa), person (puruṣa, pudgala), human (manuja, mānava), agent (kāraka), or experiencer (vedaka); no annihilation or eternal enduring; no existence or nonexistence;[28] and no distinction between virtuous and nonvirtuous,[29] all the way up to no saṃsāra and no nirvāṇa. This is called the correct view. {1.2.23}
“Thoughts (saṃkalpa) through which arise the afflictions of desire, hatred, and delusion, are thoughts that one should avoid.[30] Thoughts through which arise[31] an abundance of morality, meditative absorption, insight, liberation, and vision into the wisdom of liberation, are thoughts that one should have. These are called correct thoughts. {1.2.24}
“One should use speech that hurts neither oneself nor others, causes no distress to oneself or others, and is not derisive of oneself or others. By applying one’s attention to this one becomes endowed with this speech, F.78.a through which one enters the correct noble path. This is called correct speech. {1.2.25}
“One should not commit acts that are negative, and whose results are negative. One should perform acts that are positive, and whose results are positive. One should not commit acts that are positive, but whose results are negative. One may commit acts that are negative, but whose results are positive and lead to reducing the negative. Relying on virtuous acts is the correct activity. This is called correct activity. {1.2.26}
“Correct livelihood is when one’s livelihood is restrained, like that of the noble ones, and strictly follows the tenets of virtue,[32] when it is free of hypocrisy, when it does not involve too much talking, when it is not embellished by stories, when one’s conduct has moral integrity, when it does not involve envy of the gains of others,[33] when one is content with one’s blameless gains, and when it is recommended by the noble ones. {1.2.27}
“One should avoid wrong effort, not recommended by the noble ones, that relies on desire, hatred, ignorance, and other afflictions. Instead, one should pursue the effort that brings one to the genuine truth of the noble ones’ path, lays out the path leading to nirvāṇa, and delivers one to each successive stage. This is called correct effort. {1.2.28}
“The mindfulness in which one’s repose is unshakable, one’s body is straight and not crooked, one is able to see the shortcomings, and so forth, of saṃsāra, and by which one is led to the path to nirvāṇa, is a non-forgetting that connects one to the correct path of the noble ones. This is called correct mindfulness. {1.2.29} F.78.b
“A samādhi engaged in correctly is the meditative absorption by abiding in which one abides in the right way for the sake of liberating all beings and thus reaches nirvāṇa. This is called correct samādhi. {1.2.30}
Vajragarbha asked, “What subtle energy channels are in the body?” {1.2.36}
The Blessed One said, “There are one hundred and twenty of them, corresponding to the divisions within the four cakras. The chief ones, those with bodhicitta as their innate nature, are thirty-two in number. They are:
Vajragarbha asked, “Of what kind are these channels, O Blessed One?” {1.2.40}
The Blessed One replied, “They all are permutations of the threefold existence, and are entirely devoid of apprehended object and apprehending subject.” {1.2.41}
This concludes the second part of the first chapter, called “Applying Bodhicitta,” which includes a full exposition on the five faculties,[35] the five powers, the seven aids to awakening, and the noble eightfold path.
Part 3
Then all the tathāgatas, having paid reverence and prostrated to the Blessed One, said, “Please teach us, O Blessed One, the secret, pithy wisdom that has no equal.” {1.3.1}
The Blessed One, acknowledging the request made by all the tathāgatas, entered the meditative absorption called “the vajra lamp of wisdom that is the essence of all the tantras” and expounded this secret of all the tantras: {1.3.2}
Now the Blessed One entered the meditative absorption called “the stainless seat of the overpowering ability of all the tathāgatas” and explained bodhicitta. {1.3.12}
The Blessed One said:
Part 4
“Alternatively, with the adverbial particle evaṃ (thus) is expressed the totality of tantras, from their beginning to their end. The statement mayā śrutam (have I heard) is made because great passion continually dwells in this tantra. The syllable śru indicates hearing, and the syllable ta, Lord Mahāsukha (Great Bliss). In saying ‘only heard by me,’ the narrator means that it was heard with his ear consciousness, but not directly realized. It has been, however, realized by the Blessed One, so nothing is amiss.”[47] {1.4.39}
The Blessed One continued, “There is no distinction between the recounter of the teaching and the teacher. Or, rather, realization is only from the perspective of the person to be guided, so that the teacher could himself be the recounter: {1.4.40}
“Wherever Lord Mahāsukha dances, he is playing by means of language with singular and multiple modes of expression. Whatever has been taught by the Blessed One, O sons of noble family, that ‘I have heard at one time,’ that is to say, on a particular occasion. This implies that I have realized it. This statement indicates the attainment of the meditative absorption of complete confidence in the inconceivable. {1.4.42}
“All entities are of equal taste. Bhagavān (one possessing grace) and samaya (time) are said to be one and the same.
“An alternative interpretation is that a bhagavān is one who has destroyed (bhagnavān) all qualities inconducive to awakening.[49] Another interpretation is that the body, speech, and mind of all tathāgatas are the essence, this essence is the vajra, this vajra is the queen, and in the bhaga of this vajra queen dwelled the Blessed One. By addressing him he bhagavan (O Blessed One), one implies that he dwelled in the bhaga.” {1.4.49}
The Blessed One continued, “This means that the minds of people requiring guidance are captivated by various methods which, for every tathāgata, are of equal taste. ‘I heard his teaching when the Blessed One was dwelling in the source of phenomena, which has the nature of [the bhaga of] vajra queens,[50] who, in turn, are the essence of the body, speech, and mind of all the tathāgatas.’ This is how it is: since afflictions are destroyed by insight—afflictions which themselves are devoid of insight—the insight is called bhaga.[51] In this bhaga dwells every tathāgata together with his queen. {1.4.50} F.82.b
“O sons of noble family! The letters of the phrase evaṃ mayā śrutam (thus have I heard) are always formed (saṃsthita) at the beginning of a Dharma teaching. These pure letters, which bring the accomplishment of full awakening, and which are ineffable, O Vajrapāṇi,[52] have been spoken by me. By means of these letters, beings reach the other shore of saṃsāra, so distant. Having repeatedly put[53] this goal in front of yourself, you will, with your mind set on it, attain the state of awakening or the state of Vajrasattva in this birth.[54] {1.4.52}
“Beings can attain this inconceivable state, which is not attained even by the bliss-gone ones.[55] Beings can become buddhas when correctly instructed and when the goal is set.[56] By mere self-indulgence[57] they would fall into Avīci hell. They should therefore abandon being afflicted by afflictive thoughts. Fine practitioners, who are beyond the fear of saṃsāric existence, will meditate with a pristine mind. In this way, through the application of skillful means and insight, they will attain the true and pristine state, whose character is the nature of original awareness. Through the transformative power of insight and skillful means, they will become equal to space, illuminating the three realms. This goal is difficult to attain, universally present, and free of causes and conditions. Acting in the world on behalf of oneself and others like a wish-fulfilling gem is, of all siddhis, the supreme one.” {1.4.53}
This concludes the sovereign first chapter of the glorious “Emergence from Sampuṭa,” so called to reflect the secret foundation of all tantras.
Chapter 2
Part 1
“A brahmin’s daughter, a washerwoman, an outcast, a musician, a high caste woman, a princess, a daughter of an artiste, or a craftswoman. She should have the eyes of a doe, a slender waist, wide hips, and taut breasts. She should have a fine bhaga, and be strict in her observance of samaya, clever, honest, and conversant with mantra and tantra. F.83.b These girls are said to be, in the whole triple universe, invaluable to superior practitioners. With them, every accomplishment will be attained, precisely according to the sequence of the families. {2.1.12}
Part 2
“In this way, the practitioner of the true state (tattvayogin), resolved upon the practice, authorized by his master, and abiding by his samaya, should practice meditation. If he does, what would be the use of committing to practice hand mudrās, mantras, making deity statues, or cultivating himself as deity, all of which can only produce common siddhis? Intent on buddhahood, he should clearly set up his goal and do the practice of the chosen deity. F.87.a In this way, when the goal has been reached, the threefold universe will become for him like the sky. Consequently, the skilled practitioner, having renounced everything, applies himself to the practice of meditation in the state he has attained, cultivating day and night self-reflexive awareness (saṃvedana) exclusively. {2.2.33}
“On a mountaintop, in a Śiva temple, in a lotus garden, on the ocean’s shore,[82] in a royal park, in any secluded place,[83] in his own home, in any place pleasing to the mind that is praised by the omniscient ones—in locations like these, in whatever place the adept of mantra may find himself—there he should practice meditation with tenacity. Awakening can never be directly attained without insight and skillful means. Therefore, if he abandons the wisdom consort (prajñā), the sublime lady who grants complete awakening, siddhis that are endowed with each of the seals (mudrā) will not be bestowed.[84] For that reason, he should apply the four seals that give rise to wisdom. {2.2.34}
“Ignorance is the samayamudrā (seal of commitment). Hatred is always said to be the mahāmudrā (great seal), and envy the karmamudrā (seal of action). Desire is, by its nature, the dharmamudrā (seal of phenomena). The practitioner should manifest these different seals and sexually enjoy and serve[85] his consort (prajñā), regarding them both (the seal and the consort) to be deity by nature. {2.2.35}
“Being tranquil because of ignorance, wrathful because of anger, or impassioned because of desire, he performs different actions to fulfill the aims of these five emotions.[86] With these five, he becomes a victorious one.[87] {2.2.36}
“At dawn, at the close of the day, at midday, or at midnight he should thoroughly do the practice with the consort (mudrā). Otherwise there will be no accomplishment. When the practitioner stays among uncouth people, and is afraid that the teachings might be disparaged, he should visualize the union with consort in his own mind only, manifesting it in his imagination. Otherwise, the practitioner should do this practice assiduously with a real consort. If a wisdom consort (prajñā) cannot be acquired in the flesh,F.87.b he should practice perpetually with those in ‘the horizontal profession.’[88] For if the practitioner does not physically touch the best of lotuses[89] every day, every month of the year, his samaya becomes damaged. And when the samaya is damaged, he becomes negligent of his practice. Having restored his samaya of a bodhisattva, he should vow not to let this happen again thenceforth. Consequently, he should do the practice with the consort (mudrā) in secret, using secret substances, mantra, and tantric techniques, while keeping his samaya, following his prescribed conduct, and abiding in reality (tattva). Having attained awakening in this way, having inevitably reached the inconceivable state by means of the correct practice of union, he should meditate one-pointedly on the threefold universe as the inconceivable domain.” {2.2.37}
This concludes the second part of the second chapter, called “Meditating on the Meaning of Insight and Skillful Means.”
Part 3
Vajragarbha said:
The Blessed One said:
Part 4
“Oṁ tāre tuttāre ture svāhā. {2.4.3} F.90.a
“Oṁ kurukulle hrīḥ svāhā.
Chapter 3
Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
“Starting precisely from there, the follower of Mantra should enter this dwelling of the deity and visualize a moon disk transformed from the letter a. Above the disk, he should visualize a white, five-pointed vajra scepter, according to procedure. Having then made offerings to all the tathāgatas, and so forth, he should prostrate himself, and say the following: {3.4.8}
“ ‘May all buddhas and bodhisattvas please keep me in their heart! From now until I sit on the throne of liberation, I, named such and such,
Then the lord entered the meditative absorption called “that which arises from the pinnacle of all vajra holders” and gave this inspiring teaching: {3.4.18}
“Now, staying in a place suitable for meditation, he should observe the absence of intrinsic identity in all phenomena. Everything of an external and internal nature is imputed by mind. There is nothing else that exists beyond mind. Since all phenomena, being luminous, have never arisen in the first place, he should mentally declare them to be unproduced. Then he F.97.a should perceive his own mind, which is luminous by nature, in the form of a moon disk, while reciting the following mantra with enthusiasm:[150]
“ ‘Oṁ, I penetrate my mind.’[151] {3.4.19}
“a ā i ī u ū ṛ ṝ ḷ ḹ e ai o au aṃ aḥ.” {3.4.22}
Vajragarbha then asked:
The Blessed One said:
“These qualities of the awakened ones enter into it in the form of the letter a, and the rest. Possessing the luster of a crystal or the moon, they come in atop the moon disk, causing the mind, which is luminous by nature, to expand.[155] The follower of Mantra should then generate the altruistic aspiration for awakening with the following mantra:[156]
“Oṁ, I give rise to bodhicitta.[157] {3.4.24}
“Here, too, the qualities of the awakened ones enter like stars in the form of the syllables ka, and so forth, by means of the qualities being reflected in the syllables. These syllables are:
“ka kha ga gha ṅa ca cha ja jha ña ṭa ṭha ḍa ḍha ṇa ta tha da dha na pa pha ba bha ma ya ra la va śa ṣa sa ha kṣaḥ. {3.4.27}
“This maṇḍala procedure has not been taught in its entirety in other tantras. Here, in addition, in order to stabilize the generation of the mind of Samantabhadra, F.97.b he should visualize himself in the image of a radiant, white vajra scepter there in the middle of the aforementioned moon disk, while reciting the following mantra:[158]
“Oṁ vajra! Please remain.[159] {3.4.28}
Oṁ, I am of the nature of vajra.[161] {3.4.32}
Vajragarbha then asked, “How do I further meditate on this vajra, O Blessed One?” {3.4.35}
The Blessed One said, “May all the tathāgatas listen! One should again visualize Vajrasattva—the reflection of the buddhas endowed with the supreme of all characteristics—while reciting the following mantra:
“Oṁ, I am just like all the tathāgatas.[163] {3.4.36}
Then the great bodhisattvas, led by Vajragarbha, addressed the Blessed One yet again:
The lord said:
“In this manner, one should generate oneself as Vairocana, visualizing, above and below, the syllables of the mantra. F.98.a Following the usual procedure, one should then emanate Mount Sumeru and a vast triangle, adorned with a maṇḍala of different colored lights. One should visualize, arising there, a beautiful palace, and in it, the syllable paṁ, which transforms into a multicolored lotus with a sun disk atop it. This is adorned with the syllables ya, ra, la, and va, in conjunction with the maṇḍalas of wind, fire, and so forth. Then, above that, with the appropriate mantra,[164] one should visualize a temple palace surmounted with a vajra-jewel pinnacle, shining with various jewels and gems, and adorned with colorful streamers and banners with tiny bells attached to them, shaken by the wind. The palace is further adorned with garlands, chaplets, multi-string chains of pearls, and moon crescents. It is praised and glorified by all the tathāgatas inhabiting it. While visualizing this one should recite the mantra hūṁ. {3.4.40}
“Having placed this mantra, hūṁ, on a moon disk in one’s heart, one should visualize that it transforms into a five-pronged vajra scepter. One should repeatedly radiate from it five-pronged vajra scepters, and absorb them all back as buddhas. Next, one should visualize that the very same vajra scepter transforms into Vajrasattva, radiant like the color of the moon, and endowed with the supreme of all characteristics. {3.4.41}
“Vaṃśā and the other three have two arms and a single face. {3.4.51}
“On the outer rim there should be placed the yoginīs of the maṇḍala, each holding her respective emblem—the flower, and so forth. They likewise have two arms. {3.4.52}
“At the eastern gate one should draw the goddess Vajrāṃkuśī, the color of dark sky, with her right and left faces black and white respectively. In her first hand she holds a goad, in the second she brandishes a sword, and in the third she holds a discus. Her left hands hold a noose, display a threatening gesture, and hold a bell. These are the emblems in her six hands. {3.4.53}
“At the southern gate one should draw the white and yellow mother,[167] Vajrapāśī, whose right and left faces are black and red respectively. In her right hands she brandishes a noose, a vajra scepter, and a sword. In her left hands she holds a discus and a bell, and holds a noose while forming a threatening gesture. These are the emblems in her six hands. {3.4.54}
“At the western gate one should draw Vajrasphoṭā,[168] red in color and with great brilliance. Her right and left faces are black and white respectively. In her six hands she is holding, on the right, a fettering chain, a vajra scepter, and a sword, and on the left, a discus, a bell, and a goad. These are the emblems in her six hands. {3.4.55} F.99.a
“At the northern gate there is the terrifying Vajraghaṇṭā. She has three faces: the middle one is green, the right one black, and the left one white. In her six hands she holds a bell, a vajra scepter, a sword, a discus, a goad, and a noose. {3.4.56}
“All should be visualized standing on a sun disk upon a multicolored lotus, with their blazing hair flowing upward. {3.4.57}
“In the intermediate directions, starting from the southeast, there are yoginīs who hold their respective emblems—the flower, and so forth. They are typically known to possess two arms. {3.4.58}
“At the gates starting from the east, there are yoginīs holding a goad, a noose, a fettering chain, and a bell. Thus the maṇḍala is provided with gatekeepers. {3.4.59}
“The syllables jaḥ, hūṁ, vaṁ, and hoḥ are taught to be their respective heart mantras; there is no doubt about this. Through being arranged, fashioned, and so forth in this manner, this is the outer maṇḍala of glorious Vajrasattva, replete with the emblems and gestures. {3.4.60}
“Inside the outer maṇḍala, the same design as before, is another, half its size—the maṇḍala of the wind element, in the shape of a half-moon disk, adorned with eight pillars, and surrounded on the outside with a quadruple line. {3.4.61}
“In all the locations assigned to the respective deities, one should arrange Gaurī and the others, along with their thrones, as described. In the center one should visualize the syllable hrīḥ;[169] in the quarter toward the east, the syllable hrīḥ;[170] in the south, the syllable hiḥ;[171] in the west, the syllable gīḥ;[172] in the north, the syllable jiḥ;[173] in the southeast, the syllable taṁ; in the southwest, the syllable jaṁ; in the northwest, the syllable maṁ; and in the northeast, one should place the syllable haṁ. {3.4.62}
“In the outer circle, in the southeast, one should place the syllable oṁ; in the southwest, the syllable aṁ;[174] in the northwest, the syllable eṁ;[175] and in the northeast, one should place the syllable aiṁ.[176] {3.4.63}
“At the eastern gate one should place the syllable jaḥ; at the southern gate, the syllable hūṁ; at the western gate, the syllable vaṁ; and at the northern gate, the syllable hoḥ. {3.4.64}
“Further outside one should visualize, surrounding the maṇḍala, the eight charnel grounds. One should place there the eight great spirits, Indra, and the others, who are very frightened. {3.4.65} F.99.b
Chapter 4
Part 1
[Vajragarbha said:]
The lord then entered the meditative absorption called “the power of ḍākinīs’ conquest” and explained the pledge signs of ḍākinīs. {4.1.2}
“Mukhe, ghoghu, gughu, mughu, lughu, duṣṭu—one should enthusiastically utter these code words when the signs of a yoginī are seen.[187] {4.1.8}
“And also:
“Ḍā, ḍī, pu, su, mā, yo, bhī, vī, lu, strī, sa(?), pe, phī(?), bha, bhū, pī, dū, ḍī, ma, strī, kū, hā, ja, ke, bha, sva,[188]pra, jā, o, mā, go, rā, de, mā, kā,[189]tri, ko, ka, la, kā, hi, mre(?), śri, sau, su, na, si, ma, ku.[190] {4.1.9}
“The potaṅgī[192] gesture is answered with the same. Other code words and signs used are gamu,lumba, ‘swallowing,’ ‘wooden vessel,’ ‘heart,’ ‘Kuru woman,’ ‘earring,’alikaraṇa, ‘boar,’ ‘hearing,’ ‘churning,’ ‘man,’ ‘palm of the hand,’ ‘hell,’ ‘someone,’kākhilā, ‘sighing,’ ‘enclosure,’ ‘cessation,’ ‘cruel one,’ ‘end,’ ‘scorpion,’ ‘younger sister,’mudaka, ‘the grasping one’ which means ‘mudrā,’ ‘touching the teeth,’ ‘perfume seller,’ ‘arrival’ which means ‘from what place,’ ‘ray of light,’ ‘hanging down,’ ‘teeth,’ ‘cessation,’ ‘report,’ ‘smoke,’ ‘fond of smoke,’ ‘summit,’ ‘rivulets,’ ‘finger,’ ‘mouth,’ ‘stripe(?),’ ‘eating,’ ‘series,’ ‘intention,’ ‘movement,’ ‘lord of animals,’ ‘circle,’ ‘the same,’phālguṣa, ‘great syllable,’chā,nā,go,ma,bhā,hā, ‘makers of offerings(?),’ and ‘remaining.’ A particular message is conveyed when one is touching one’s mouth or one’s teeth.F.100.b ‘Bashful.’ A particular message is conveyed when one is touching space, or touching one’s thighs below.[193] The signs and their responses are thus laid down.” {4.1.11}
This concludes the first part of the fourth chapter on the secret language of letters and speech.
Part 2
“They each hold a skull cup, an axe, an elephant tusk, a banner made from crocodile skin, a sword, a lance, and a conch, which are known to be their seven respective implements.[200] {4.2.10}
“The adept of yoga should always be able to recognize these signs according to the procedure of sampuṭa.”[201] {4.2.11}
This concludes the second part of the fourth chapter on the characteristics and signs particular to demon ḍākinīs of charnel grounds.
Part 3
Part 4
Chapter 5
Part 1
Vajragarbha asked, “Blessed One, what places are places of gatherings?” {5.1.2}
The Blessed One said:
Vajragarbha asked, “O Blessed One, which places are the pīthas, and so forth? What are the twelve types of places? Please be so kind as to explain, you who are born of greatness.” {5.1.5}
The Blessed One said:
Part 2
Vajragarbha said:
The Blessed One said:
Vajragarbha said:
The Blessed One said:
Vajragarbha asked, “O Blessed One, what are the things that are impure?” {5.2.49}
The Blessed One said, “They are form, and so forth. Why are they impure? Because they involve apprehended object and apprehending subject.”
Vajragarbha then asked, “Well, what then are apprehended object and apprehending subject?”[257] {5.2.50}
The Blessed One said,
Part 3
“He should drink vajra water. When meat cannot be found anywhere, in order to partake of it he should imagine something else in the form of meat and eat that. {5.3.34}
“Foodstuffs inedible to others[272] are edible for the master of the true state. Places improper to visit are fine for him to visit. Things improper to do are proper for him. The follower of the mantra path must not think in terms of ‘fit to visit’ and ‘unfit to visit’; ‘edible’ and ‘inedible’; ‘desirable’ and ‘undesirable’; or ‘drinkable’ and ‘undrinkable.’ {5.3.35}
“He should be content in body, speech, and mind. In order to be free of mental agitation, the practitioner should always drink wine. Like the victorious ones, he should regard all things, whether repulsive or greatly enjoyable, colorful or plain, delightful or depressing, as identical.[273] {5.3.36}
“He should not recite texts, assemble maṇḍalas, or gather flowers. He should not recite mantras, nor should he pay homage to the deity, consecrated things, and so forth. He should speak false words and approach the charming wives of others. He should have no loving kindness for rogues, F.108.a and should kill buddhas and other living beings. {5.3.37}
“The wise practitioner, however, should always worship his teacher, venerated by the victorious ones, who is the wisdom and the pledge being—the best of all beings, and who is the samaya that bestows various accomplishments. Since whatever merit is possessed by the fully awakened ones and the bodhisattvas dwelling throughout the ten directions can be seen in the openings of the master’s pores, the buddhas rejoice at seeing the bodhisattvas worship the master.[274] {5.3.38}
“Since the buddhas with whom he has the bond of samaya will grant the desired awakening, he should never criticize the teacher and never disrespect his siblings on the vajra path. Accepting whatever is offered, he should not pay homage to caityas.[275] Regarding his blood brothers, sons, and father, as well as the kingdom with its pleasures, treasuries, riches, and granaries to all be like grass, he should gain dominion over the three realms.” {5.3.39}
This concludes the third part of the fifth chapter describing the post-initiatory observances.[276]
Part 4
“In the vein of a madman, he should eat whatever he finds, whether it is regarded as fit for eating or not, roaming throughout other countries, renowned mountain caves, groves, great ancient charnel grounds, and the shores of great oceans. {5.4.12}
Chapter 6
Part 1
[The goddess[291] said:]
The Blessed One said:
[The goddess asked], “O Blessed One, to what does triple mechanism refer? Why and how is mind always in motion?” {6.1.27}
The Blessed One said:
“Through the process of dissolving and circulating the winds, the resting of dissolving and the motion of circulating will always extend to all beings. He who does not know that is mindless, unexceptional, and unintelligent, meaning that he is not a practitioner.[317] {6.1.33}
The Blessed One said, “Listen, O goddess. I will now explain the ultimate secret of secrets. {6.1.44}
“The division of pīṭhas and other pilgrimage places, which correspond in their nature to the subtle channels, is said to be twenty-four-fold. They are found within the cakras of the body, speech, and mind of living beings. They are further linked to the ten bodhisattva levels and the ten perfections. {6.1.45}
Part 2
“Now I will explain the cakras of subtle channels according to their location in the body of a tathāgata, one that is present in every being.[328]
Part 3
[The goddess said,] “I would like to hear, O lord, how to perform the worship, and so forth, of the inner maṇḍala. I do not know the procedure for the burnt offering rite. Please explain it, O Great Bliss.” {6.3.1}
The Blessed One said:
[The goddess said:]
The Blessed One said:
Part 4
Then the great bodhisattvas, headed by Vajragarbha, with the yoginī Nairātmyā, and so forth, among them, spoke thus:
The Blessed One said:
Then all the goddesses, headed by Nairātmyā, including Locanā, Māmakī, Pāṇḍaravāsinī, Tārā, Bhṛkuṭī, Cundā, Parṇaśavarī, Ahomukhā and Śaṃvarī—yoginīs as numerous as the dust particles on Mount Sumeru—became utterly bewildered, fainting and trembling. {6.4.22}
At that moment, all the tathāgatas, headed by Akṣobhya, said this: “May the Blessed One please resuscitate all the hosts of yoginīs.” {6.4.23}
Then, having entered the meditative absorption called the “vajra conquering all ignorance,”[389] the lord revived all the yoginīs and said:[390] {6.4.24}
So spoke [Vajrasattva]. {6.4.43}
[The goddess asked,] “How can all this be contained in the form of a globule the size of a particle?”[397] {6.4.44}
The Blessed One said:
Chapter 7
Part 1
[Vajragarbha said:]
[The Blessed One said:]
“These, which are code words with a single syllable each, will be understood by the virile ones and their sisters.[427] This is the art of the pledge seals consisting of syllables.” {7.1.14}
Vajragarbha said:
The Blessed One said:
“If one employs the deity yoga of the glorious Vajrasattva or others and frowns with the right eyebrow, one will be successful, upon contemplating sky-travel, in rising into the air. If one frowns with the left eyebrow, victory over a hostile army will follow. With the same practice one will crush the forces of Māra.[455] {7.1.26}
“If one contemplates the form of Gaurī or other female deities and bats one’s left eye, one will be able to manifest their forms. F.120.a If one contemplates the form of Vajrasattva or other male deities and bats one’s right eye, one will manifest their respective forms.[456] {7.1.27}
“Without an agreed convention of language, not even the well-established worldly usages would have any effect.[457] The same is the case with the yogic accomplishments in poetry and song, both mundane and supramundane.[458] {7.1.28}
“This concludes the section about the art of gaze-mudrās.
“One should place the following[462] in a bowl made of a brahmin’s skull or, as one’s second choice, any human skull. Aside from [a skull] of a woman, a man, a hermaphrodite, and so forth, [a skull] of a crow, an owl, a vulture, or a sparrow will produce various excellent[463] accomplishments. The procedure prescribes wild licorice root. Through this, one will be able to assume at will the fine form of an elephant or a horse, or, according to one’s wish, the form of an ox or a buffalo, or, should one wish it so, a dog, a cat, or a jackal. Depending on one’s wish, one can be a male or a female. {7.1.33}
“One can enter any being by censing oneself with black bdellium resin burned inside the mouth cavity of a corpse, with the fire from a cremation pyre, on the day of spirits,[464] during the waning period of the lunar month. By censing oneself as before with a mixture of equal parts thorn apple fruit, yellow arsenic, citrons, leadwort, sweet flag, and chicken eggs,[465] one can enter anywhere in the animate or inanimate worlds. {7.1.34} F.120.b
“The root of white oleander, margosa, and grasshoppers, combined with a hundredth part of the venom from a scorpion’s stinger,[466] will, when applied to the hand, transform it into a gonāsa snake. {7.1.35}
“For seven days one should douse velvet bean pods and soak chalk with the milk from giant milkweed. When a drawing made with this chalk and velvet bean mixture is touched, one will become like the king of serpents, with poisonous hands. An antidote to the touch of these hands is explained as follows: {7.1.36}
“Sandal, mesua flower, costus root, and emetic nut, combined with Indian valerian, neutralize a variety of poisons. So does costus mixed with rice water.[467] Should one consume a pill consisting of the pith of Indian valerian, together with the feces[468] of a child born on that day, one will be able to drink poison as much as one likes, like Vajrapāṇi himself. {7.1.37}
“A touch from a hand smeared with a broth made with the fat of a frog and an earth boa snake, and with the fruit of sebesten tree, will remove poison. {7.1.38}
“An ointment made from ghee, sandal, peacock blood, and the bones and flesh of an earth boa snake, when applied to the body,[469] can detoxify even the entire triple universe upon contact. {7.1.39}
“The fever that recurs every four days will be cured if, while concentrating by means of the ritual procedure of getting naked, and the rest, one fastens to the hand on the day of spirits a root of fragrant swamp mellow broken into seven pieces. {7.1.40}
“By merely applying an incense composed of equal parts of newly shed skin from a large snake and peacock feathers, one will create enmity throughout the triple universe. {7.1.41}
“Alternatively, by merely burning an incense, according to procedure, composed of equal parts crow and owl feathers, one will actually cause enmity even among the supporters of Hara.[470] {7.1.42}
“When the head of a snake placed inside the hole of a horse’s hoof is buried together with the tongue of a mad dog underneath the door of the enemy’s house, he will be driven away after seven days. {7.1.43} F.121.a
“Flame lily, pig feces, hair from the head of a corpse, and bones of a camel—this excellent method will send into exile, after seven days, even the entire triple universe.[471] {7.1.44}
“By smearing on a mirror flowers of red oleander, cashew nut, and mangosteen oil, the shapes of a horse, a donkey, a camel, and so forth, will be seen in it. {7.1.45}
“Through burning in a sealed duplex vessel the hooves and claws of a horse, a cow, a boar, a monkey, an ass, and a camel, mixed with frog fat, the forms of those creatures will be seen, as stipulated earlier. After anointing the eyes, during the asterism of Puṣya,[472] with alangium seed oil and cow’s milk, one will perceive in the mirror any forms present within the universe. {7.1.46}
“A person whose eyes are anointed with a paste of Indian valerian fruit and alangium oil will see ordinary people as divine forms. Through anointing his eyes with oil his vision will go back to normal.[473] {7.1.47}
“After anointing the feet with camphor,[474] powdered leech, frog fat, and root of the trumpet flower tree, one will be able to walk upon a heap of smoldering embers. {7.1.48}
“After smearing the hands and the feet with spikenard, frog fat, powdered leech, and cardamom, one will be able to make fire feel as cold as snow. {7.1.49}
“After taking blood of a water snake[475] into one’s mouth, the wise person will be able to enter water and remain there as long as he likes, as if inside a floating house.[476] {7.1.50}
“Should he put on a pair of shoes, having filled them with seeds of the broken bones plant, a person thus purified will be able to walk on water as if on a road.[477] {7.1.51}
“A wise person, after smearing all the orifices of his body with a paste made of freshly churned butter, gold dust, onion,[478] and fish oil, will be able to move in water like an alligator. {7.1.52}
“Seeds from a branch of thorn apple mixed with wood dust produced by woodworms,[479] together with female cuckoo birds,[480] will make a person like a ghost. F.121.b This can be reversed by means of a molasses and rice gruel mixture. {7.1.53}
“Feathers of a bird;[481] hair of a cat, a monkey, and an outcast; feathers of an owl; and hair of a mongoose, when powdered and mixed with carama dung,[482] can make all people go insane. {7.1.54}
“The tail of a jackal, rightly conjoined with the right wing of a crow, when placed under the enemy’s bed will soon unleash upon him a terrifying apasmāra. {7.1.55}
“With thorn apple fruit, citron, and the [droppings of] pigeon, peacock, and chicken, one can instantly cause madness. The insanity will go away with the cutting of the victim’s hair. {7.1.56}
“One should take a thorn apple fruit and mix into it powdered woodworms with human flesh.[483] After adding this to the victim’s food and drink, he will immediately lose his mind and die after seven days. {7.1.57}
“One should take a crow’s nest from a neem tree with a hand on which white mustard oil has been rubbed. Using the same hand,[484] one should burn it together with a piece of wood obtained from a charnel ground and afterward retrieve the ashes. Whoever’s head is sprinkled with these ashes will be driven away. {7.1.58}
“One should combine the feather[485] of a crow and an owl, together with the hair of a brahmin and a naked mendicant, and light a fire using thorn apple wood. After burning these feathers and hair in a smokeless fire, one should retrieve some of the ashes and secretly throw them under the bed of two persons, men or women. Right at that moment the two will become enemies. {7.1.59}
“This concludes the section on the art of manipulating consciousness.[486]
“Alternatively[487], if one wishes to enthrall someone, one should make a powder of a bee that has stung a white bitch in the chest. When struck with it, even a woman loyal to her husband will be enthralled, if one mixes this powder with one’s own semen during the asterism of Puṣya.[488] {7.1.60}
“Placing in the hand of a virgin girl equal amounts of elephant rut and a paste from buds plucked by women from male trees will result in marriage and conjugal felicity.[489] {7.1.61}
“Indian valerian,[490] Indian caper, and purple fleabane, blended with teardrops and one’s own semen, will enthrall a playful woman right away.[491] {7.1.62} F.122.a
“A powder containing puttaṃjārī,[492]apannā,[493] Indian caper, and purple fleabane, when mixed with teardrops, enthralls the women in this world upon contact alone. {7.1.63}
“Dwarf morning glory, littoral bind weed, lakṣaṇā,[494] and avanatā,[495] when infused with eye discharge and teardrops, instantly enthrall even the charming wife of the lord of gods. {7.1.64}
“The root of the white giant milkweed,[496] Indian madder, house sparrow,[497] and costus, when made into a paste with exudations from a wound on one’s body, will enthrall the triple universe. {7.1.65}
“One should prepare a mixture of basil, Indian caper, and kṣīrādhikā[498] with one’s own semen. A pill made of this and cutch tree, served with betel, will instantly enthrall even the charming wife of Śiva. {7.1.66}
“One should make a powder from a nose rope that had tethered a buffalo, ash from a corpse cremated using thorn apple wood, and a bracelet from a dead woman who was burned in a funeral pyre extinguished with thorn apple juice.[499] When mixed with one’s own semen, this will instantly enthrall even the daughter of Indra just upon contact. {7.1.67}
“This concludes the section on the art of making others into one’s subjects.[500]
“A tilaka on the forehead made with Malabar gulbel,[501] fireflies, arsenic, bovine orpiment, and realgar will instantly enthrall. {7.1.68}
“After placing on one’s forehead a tilaka of yellow orpiment together with white dūrvā grass and wild dūrvā grass, one will be able to enthrall a king with a mere glance. {7.1.69}
“Malabar gulbel,[502] fireflies, avanatā,[503] camphor,[504] and Indian caper, made into powder with an admixture of teardrops, will instantly enthrall the charming wife of a king. {7.1.70} F.122.b
“When a woman is struck with a preparation made of flowers from the corpse of a newly married man, noon flowers collected from the head of a worshiped śivaliṅga, and ash, in equal measure, from the funeral pyres of a cremated husband and wife, mixed together with one’s semen, she will follow behind the one who struck her. {7.1.71}
“Dwarf morning glory, fireflies, lakṣaṇā,[505] and Indian caper, mixed with a powder made of intestinal worms with an admixture of teardrops, will produce enthrallment instantly. {7.1.72}
“Sweet flag and white moonseed mixed with an equal part of kurchi and the umbilical cord of a newborn calf[506]—when a beautiful woman comes into contact with these ingredients in the form of a tilaka on the forehead,[507] she will become enthralled. {7.1.73}
“One will enthrall the people of the world with a tilaka well concocted from ‘glory sandalwood,’[508] red sandalwood, and camphor, infused with equal parts of the blood of a wagtail and a female mule.[509] {7.1.74}
“In the asterism of Puṣya one should, using a boar’s tooth, grind seeds of common sesban and seeds of white butterfly pea together with bovine orpiment, and make a tilaka with them on one’s forehead. If one were to look at a mighty king while wearing this tilaka, he would not be angry, but would definitely be pleased. {7.1.75}
“This concludes the section on the art of tilaka and its benefits.[510]
“Otherwise, if one wishes to make a magical pill, one should grind the impurities and the eyes[511] of a black cat and the eyes of a black crow together with the blood from the left ear of a black boar. The pill, which should also include an authentic relic of the tathāgatas, should then be wrapped in the aforementioned concoction, and then enclosed in ‘sun,’ ‘moon,’ and ‘fire.’[512] In the asterism of Puṣya, the pill should be activated.[513] One will be successful by reciting the mantra of one’s chosen deity. When the pill is placed in the mouth, one can roam the earth assuming, like a yakṣa, any desired form. {7.1.76}
“Alternatively, one should make a pill with the eyes of a black pecikā owl, black crow, black ullūka owl, and black cuckoo, combined with an authentic relic of the tathāgatas. One should cover the pill in the milky sap of Indian spurge tree and wrap it in ‘sun,’ ‘moon,’ and ‘fire.’[514] When this pill is placed in the mouth, one becomes invisible.[515] {7.1.77} F.123.a
“Alternatively, in order to produce a pill consisting of a relic of the tathāgatas, one should grind together the ashes from the funeral pyre of a woman cremated with her deceased husband, powdered fruit of wood apple, and resin of white dammar, along with perspiration. An authentic relic of the tathāgatas should be wrapped in this concoction and enclosed in ‘sun,’ ‘moon,’ and ‘fire.’[516] The pill should be activated during the asterism of Puṣya. When it is placed in the mouth, one will be able to roam the earth like a yakṣa, assuming any desired form.[517] {7.1.78}
“Alternatively, one should make a pill with an eye ointment called srotaḥ, camphor, spiky leaves of saffron crocus, honey, and the first blossom of the mahua tree, with added stamens of a young flame lily.[518] This pill, encased within the three metals of gold, silver, and copper, will make one invisible. {7.1.79}
“Alternatively, in a capsule made of the three metals of gold, silver, and copper should be placed sprouts of a blue aśoka tree[519] inuncted seven times with the blood of a beautiful woman.[520] Placing it in the mouth will conceal any being. {7.1.80}
“Alternatively, a pill made of the northern root of Indian valerian, dug out during a lunar eclipse while naked, should be encased in the metals of ‘sun,’ ‘moon,’ and ‘fire.’ If placed in the mouth, this pill will make one invisible. {7.1.81}
“A pill made from bovine orpiment and blossoms from the Indian almond tree, combined with the eyes and hair left behind by a crow who fed on the corpse of a girl who hung herself, is called ‘the lady who fulfills wishes.’[521] {7.1.82}
“Alternatively, one should mix realgar with the discharge from rubbing a girl maddened by menstruation in an ancestor grove.[522] By applying a tilaka of this to the declivity in the center of one’s forehead, one will be able to hide from even the entire triple universe. {7.1.83}
“Alternatively, applying to the forehead a tilaka prepared with the twigs from a crow’s nest located on a northern branch of a blue aśoka tree will hide a man from all animate and inanimate beings. If srotaḥ eye ointment is placed in the abdomen of a pigeon, put in the fire of a funeral pyre, and cooked, the magical ointment will make one invisible. Re-appearance can be achieved by means of the blood of a black cat.[523] {7.1.84} F.123.b
“Alternatively, earth pushed up by a tuft of young grass and mixed with a bee, along with its stinger, can make one invisible even to the adepts if it is prepared on the asterism of Puṣya, and a tilaka of it is applied to the forehead. {7.1.85}
“Alternatively, there is a pill superior even to that. Made with red arsenic and bovine orpiment, its effects surpass the uses explained before. {7.1.86}
“This concludes the section on the art of becoming invisible.
“Now I will describe the rites involving magical ointment.
“One should make a lamp-wick out of cloth recovered from a charnel ground and saturate it with oil obtained from human[524] flesh. On the night of spirits, in the charnel ground, one should place the lighted lamp on a lotus petal [inside a woman’s skull] atop three other human skulls, and collect the lampblack that collects above, in the delightful lady’s skull. Then, after burning up an owl’s head and mixing it with red sandalwood many times, one should, that very night, prepare from this a fine powder by grinding it on a stone slab. One should then blend this powder with the earlier collected lampblack until the mixture is homogeneous, wrap that in the skin from a vulture’s foot, and with it fill the hollow of a bone from this foot using a splinter from a human bone.[525] Explaining how to activate this ointment, the lord said, ‘It can be activated inside a woman’s bhaga, by a follower of the Mantrayāna, according to prescribed procedure.’ {7.1.87}
“This is the art of concocting magical ointment.
“One should combine substances that come from mountains and oceans[527] with well-matured vinegar and quicksilver, and grind them together repeatedly in a sealed and heated stone crucible. One should always boil this concoction in a copper dish along with common milk hedge, butterfly pea, jasmine, and Indian caper, combined with fermented rice. Taking a metal [magnet], one should mix in its powder, and along with parts of safflower and large blue lotus, grind it with the vinegar concoction until it becomes the same consistency as freshly churned butter. Immediately thereafter, one should mix it with the sap of Indian spurge tree, and liquify it with sindhu and white borax. Then, it should be mixed together with half a karṣa each of copper and silver in a covered crucible, adding half the amount of sulphur crystals. From this, one will obtain gold measuring half the amount of the substrate. {7.1.90} F.124.a
“This is about the art of quicksilver.
“Now I will teach the rites of the art of longevity, giving an essential summary of everything. {7.1.91}
“Following the ritual restrictions with respect to seasons, one should practice yoga and mudrā.[528] One should employ the ‘four ingredients,’[529] musk, red sandalwood, camphor, and śālija, and also olibanum, tailed pepper, and lotus seeds.[530] These great drugs are especially powerful during six different time periods.[531] {7.1.92}
“One will attain full results within twenty-one days. Lost teeth, fingernails, and hair will grow back. When one is accomplished, one will be able to change all elements[538] into gold. {7.1.102} F.124.b
“Now I will teach a rite involving oil.
“Oil of lotus, oil of vālā,[539] and oil from the “four ingredients”[540] should all be combined with an equal amount of ground black turmeric,[541] and mixed with the juice of country mallow. One should also prepare an extract from moonseed and mix it with cow’s milk.
“Now I will give you the measurements. One should prepare thirty-two palas of the black turmeric and moonseed powder and boil it with twice that amount of water until it is reduced to four cups of liquid. One should mix this three times, according to the proper sequence, with three parts of the juice of country mallow. One should blend this with four parts of milk to one part of oil, half that amount of moonseed, half that amount of sediment, and the previously mentioned ingredients, cooking it all together gently.[542] When the mixture is going to be drunk, which requires a medium amount, the moonseed should be left out. For anointing the head, which is said to require a thicker consistency, cooking it three more times is said to be best. For an errhine one should use ten palas. For drinking, one hundred palas is recommended. When anointing, one should use one hundred and eight palas. The practitioner should perform all this with a focused mind. By applying an errhine of this, he can live for a thousand years. When drinking it, he can live five hundred years. When anointing the head, he can live three hundred years. My words are not to be doubted. He will obtain a divine form and a pleasant voice, will always be adored, and will definitely reach proficiency in all sciences and disciplines. His body will have great splendor and luminosity. He will be able to remove all obstacles. {7.1.103}
“He should procure the ‘four ingredients,’[543] dry them well, and blend them thoroughly with milk. He should heat this mixture up in a cow dung fire until the ingredients dissolve, then obtain from it the oil. The practitioner should blend this oil with twice as much black sesame oil and again twice as much milk, and cook it as prescribed. A decoction made of four parts thorn apple, the three fruits,[544] false daisy, common jasmine, and grass is regarded as helpful for promoting growth.[545] {7.1.104} F.125.a
“Black turmeric, black babchi, blue lotus bulb, iron filings, sulphur, bdellium, white dammar, camphor, and musk—he should cook these substances in oil. They will promote health and longevity. If they are rubbed on the head, they will remove grey hair and wrinkles. All diseases will depart, without a doubt.[546] {7.1.105}
“Now I will teach the rite of preparing oils for rubbing on the body.
“One should use the same oil, but add myrrh, thorn apple tree, Indian caper, and fragrant swamp mallow.[547] Mixing in chaste tree berries, the practitioner of mantra should prepare this into a solution through the previously described method. This should then be mixed with black creeper, beautyberry, ironwood, bulletwood tree, golden champa, red poon, fetid cassia, turmeric, thorn apple, cockscomb, agarwood tree, asafoetida,[548]parahṛd,vallabhī,[549]mukta,[550] pongam oil tree,mañjari,[551] thorn apple tree, sweet flag, babchi, nut grass, black turmeric, Indian madder, costus, and veronicalolia—these will remove all illnesses.[552] {7.1.106}
“An incense of both white and red sandalwood, deer musk, camphor, Indian olibanum, and fingernails, mixed with molasses, can fulfill all one’s wishes. One will be able to cure itching, rash, and cutaneous eruptions, and remove all toxins produced in the body. My words are true, O goddess,[553] there can be no doubt. {7.1.107}
“Turmeric powder,[554] chaste tree berries, powder from a temple brick, extract of thorn apple leaves, musk, and the “four ingredients,” when combined with caura[555] and keṁśu,[556] can destroy many different diseases, such as intestinal worms, leprosy, and the toxins in the body. It is especially effective when applied together with babchi. {7.1.108} F.125.b
“These are the ritual procedures for anointing the body with medicinal unguents.
“One should pulverize the three astringent substances[557] together with the ‘four ingredients’[558] and drink this with cold musk[559] for one year while observing vows. In this way one will be able to cure a variety of illnesses related to the internal organs, such as diseases of phlegm, and so forth. When this elixir is digested, it will without fail remove grey hair, and so forth, from the practitioner of mantra. {7.1.109}
“Alternatively, he should procure the four ingredients and grind them into a fine powder together with the three fruits.[560] Then he should blend them with ghee and honey and eat one karṣa[561] of this preparation. Consequently, he will become divinely beautiful and live three hundred years. {7.1.110}
“Now comes the same recipe, still in liquid form, but without ghee or honey. Alternatively, he should procure the three astringent substances and grind them into a fine powder, gradually adding one cat’s paw[562] of musk from the midriff.[563] If the practitioner drinks it well cooled, imagining that power is his, it will cure flatulence and indigestion and, in time, remove wrinkles and grey hair. If it is warm, however, it will cause the greying of hair. {7.1.111}
“Alternatively, he should procure the three fruits,[564] cook them with milk and water, and apply the concoction to the head.[565] {7.1.112}
“He should grind root of long pepper with red rice. He should then make pills out of this, cook them with ghee, and eat them with honey. Then, after three months, all diseases will depart, and especially grey hair. After a six-month treatment, the practitioner will obtain a pleasant voice and become well nourished. After nine months, he will obtain a divine body, become quick-witted, and be able to retain what he hears. After one year, he will obtain the strength of an elephant and be able to live three hundred years. {7.1.113}
“Alternatively, he should procure three parts each of nāga[566] root, palāśa[567] root, and costus root. He should grind them into powder with one part long pepper as the tenth part of the concoction.[568] After blending the powder with cow milk, a wise yogin should consume one karṣa[569] of this mixture every day. {7.1.114} F.126.a
“He should meditate without company in a mountain cave—the hermitage of the relative truth of practitioners. {7.1.117}
Part 2
[Vajragarbha said:]
[The Blessed One replied:]
“If it is the rite of pacifying, he should delimit a round fire-pit area one cubit in diameter. Having done the measurements, he should dig a hole half a cubit deep in the ground. He should daub the insides of this half-cubit-deep pit with white sandalwood. He should demarcate a four-finger-width[572] wide rim of earth in a circle surrounding the fire pit. {7.2.5} F.126.b
“The pit for enriching should be a square of two cubits on each side. The basin should be one cubit deep. The rim should be eight finger-widths wide. The pit should be bedecked with heaps of yellow flowers and anointed with yellow sandalwood. {7.2.6}
“The pit for the rites of assaulting should be triangular and measure twenty finger-widths across. The basin should be ten finger-widths deep. He should draw the rim three finger-widths wide and smear the pit with charnel ground ash. {7.2.7}
“Since the activities of enthralling and summoning are similar, their pit is described as having identical characteristics. One should prepare a pit shaped like a half-moon and with the same measurements as the pit for enriching.[573] The depth of the basin should be half its diameter. One should demarcate the rim to fit the other measurements and daub the pit with red sandalwood. {7.2.8}
“The marking powder is said to correspond in color to the rites just described. This concludes how one should dig the fire pits. {7.2.12}
“Now I will explain the procedure involving different types of grain.
“He should mix rice, corn, white sesame, barley, nutmeg, dūrvā grass, milk, ghee, and honey with the five ambrosias and offer this in a homa along with moist wood branches originating from the five sap-bearing trees, still with leaves on them, smeared at both ends in honey, milk, and ghee. He should start the fire with the kindling of Indian cluster fig and palash tree.[575] If he wants to perform the rite of pacifying, he should cast the offerings into the fire one hundred and eight times, three times a day, while sitting facing east. He can then pacify even the entire district. {7.2.13}
“Now, if he wants to perform the rite of enriching, he should procure black sesame and mung beans along with red rice. As an alternative, he can use barley or something else. The kindling sticks are said to be the same as before, but this time they should be smeared with one handful of milk and butter.[576]F.127.a All the ingredients should be sprinkled with saffron perfume and combined with the three sweet things, rice pudding, curds, honey, ghee, dill,[577] bel fruit, lotus, stamens of ironwood blossoms, and rice. Having then lit the fire using wood of Indian cluster fig, he should generate himself as the deity appropriate for the ritual. Facing north, he should cast the ingredients into the fire a thousand times, three times a day, with a focused mind. When seven days have passed, he will become a great owner of wealth. {7.2.14}
“Now, if he wants to perform the rite of enthralling, he should procure red sesame or black sesame,[578] beautyberry, stamens of ironwood blossoms, champak, sorrow-less tree, vajra,[579] bulletwood tree, bāṇa,[580] and dill, mixed with sandalwood, ghee, and honey. He should also procure pieces of wood eight finger-widths long from deodar, banyan, pipal, Indian cluster fig, and other trees. Also, the milky sap from the Indian olibanum and guggul trees, as well as sugandha[581] and other substances, should be used.[582] Then, he should assume a red form using menstrual blood mixed with vajra water[583] and sit facing the west. Whoever’s name he employs while making offerings to the fire will become enthralled after seven days. He will be able to keep her or him for as long as he lives. {7.2.15}
“Now, if he wishes to perform the rite of assaulting, he should blend black sesame, mung beans or something similar, the fruit of the marking nut, and kālaka,[584] with black mustard oil and an admixture of blood.[585] He should then procure thorns from a crooked black tree, and pieces of wood ten finger-widths long from all trees that are pungent, bitter, and so forth. Adding human bone, human feces, donkey droppings, and hair, as well as dog feces, hair, and paws, he should blend all this with oil, and facing south with a focused mind, offer it into a charnel ground fire one hundred and eight times. Whoever’s name one employs will die within three days. F.127.b
“If not, he should stand to one side and prepare a triangular fire pit. There, he should offer the previously mentioned substances into a fire obtained from a household of untouchables. By this means alone the enemy will be led to the abode of the lord of death, of this there is no doubt. {7.2.16}
“If he wants to drive someone away, he should mix mustard seeds,[586] mung beans, and dust from a footpath, and blend them with blood and black mustard oil. He should add to this a crow’s nest from a thorn apple tree. The person whose name he employs while offering this preparation into the fire will be driven away instantly. {7.2.17}
“Alternatively, he should use crow meat[587] and camel droppings mixed with wine. Naked and with loose hair, he should offer this into a fire from a charnel ground. Whoever’s name he employs will be driven away. {7.2.18}
“If he wants to perform paralyzing, he should grind fish, meat, and the remaining three substances,[588] together with rice grains, blood, and honey, and add to this a crow’s feather. He should offer this into a fire made with sticks from a crow’s nest and discarded sticks for cleaning teeth, in a square fire pit. Whoever’s name he employs will be stopped from carrying out any task. {7.2.19}
“Alternatively, he should use turmeric, (arsenic) orpiment, realgar, and bovine orpiment. He should offer this into the fire while facing north. Whoever’s name he employs will become paralyzed. {7.2.20}
“If he employs dog and chicken meat, he should grind them together with camel droppings and cat blood. Then, lighting the sacrificial fire using neem tree sticks, he should offer this into the fire. Whichever village’s name he employs will be destroyed. {7.2.21}
“He should blend spirituous liquor with human flesh and offer it into the fire, at the three junctions of the day, until he has done this one hundred and eight times. After six months he will become the governor of the district. {7.2.22}
“He should offer one hundred burnt offerings of jackal meat.[589] After three months he will be able to remove dire poverty in an instant. {7.2.23}
“He should soak cow flesh in cow blood and offer it one thousand times into a fire. Enthrallment will take place, lasting as long as he lives, there is no doubt. {7.2.24} F.128.a
“He should blend the same meat with spirituous liquor and offer it into a fire[590] with his left hand. He will be able to enthrall even a buddha, let alone ordinary people. If not, he can also use a stick for cleaning the teeth, covered in saliva, smeared with bodily impurities, and doused with wine. By offering this stick as a burnt offering he will enthrall the target, there is no doubt. {7.2.25}
“By offering ingested and vomited menstrual blood with an addition of human hair as a burnt offering, he will be able to summon the target immediately. This method of summoning is the best. {7.2.26}
“He should smear crow’s feathers with white mustard oil and offer them in a thorn apple fire. Whoever’s name he employs will immediately be driven away and die. {7.2.27}
“He should offer in a fire an oblation of atimuktikā,[591] white gourd melon, mung beans,[592] sann hemp, vomit, and black mustard, together with tamāla leaves,[593] at home.[594] He will be able to seal the target’s mouth, there is no doubt. {7.2.28}
“He should offer in a fire an oblation of dog meat combined with vajra water.[595] Whoever’s name he employs will become enthralled within seven days. {7.2.29}
“He should offer in a fire horse meat together with human feces at night.[596] He will be able to enthrall the king within seven days. {7.2.30}
“He should offer in a fire elephant meat mixed with semen. He will be able to enthrall an entire city. {7.2.31}
“He should offer in a fire fish and meat combined with spirituous liquor. When he has offered this one hundred and eight times, he will be able to enthrall any woman. {7.2.32}
“He should offer in a fire only crow meat one thousand times.[597] Whoever’s name he employs will flee within three days. If even Vajrasattva will flee, how much more so will ordinary people? {7.2.33}
“He should offer crow and hawk meat into a fire made with thorn apple sticks. Whoever’s name he employs will be driven away. {7.2.34}
“He should offer human flesh and bird meat. Whoever’s name he employs will go insane. Should he offer the same[598] into a chaff fire, the target will become well again. {7.2.35}
“He must not disclose the secret of his practice to anyone. If the secret is revealed, he will never gain accomplishment or find happiness. F.128.b Therefore a mantra practitioner must never perform these rites in front of anyone. If he wants to perform them, he should do so alone. Then the mantra practitioner can succeed in every rite.”[599] {7.2.37}
This concludes the section on homa rites, which forms the second part of the seventh chapter.
Part 3
[The goddess said:]
The Blessed One said:
“Take the second letter of the first group,[601] surmounted by a dot;[602] the third letter of the seventh group, adorned with a half moon;[603] and the seed syllable of awakening, ‘worshiped’ on its crown by the full moon. This is the heart mantra.[604] {7.3.5}
“Now I will give you the auxiliary heart mantra. One should take the second letter of the seventh group (ra), join it with Vajraḍākinī (u), and double it. Then, one should take the third letter of the hot sounds (sa) and support it underneath with the second letter of the sixth group (pha), joined with the fifth vowel (u). The second of the semivowels (ra) should be supported underneath by the fifth vowel (u). The third letter of the third group (ja) should be supported underneath by the twenty-ninth letter (va). The third letter of the seventh group (la) and the first letter of the fifth group (ta) should be joined with the third vowel (i). The second letter of the eighth group (ṣa) should be supported underneath by the twelfth letter (ṭha). One should take the thirty-second letter (sa) and join it with Gaurī (i). Then, one should add the third letter of the fifth group (da) with the fourth letter from that same group (dha) below it. One should add the third semivowel (la), supremely adorned by Ghasmarī (o). One should join to the first letter of the third group (ca) and the fifth letter of the fifth group (na), Caurī (e), who is the highest boon. {7.3.6} F.129.a
And the Blessed One added,[606] “Oṁ, svāhā to Vajravairocanī.[607] {7.3.8}
“The fourth letter of the second group (gha) adorned with Vāri is the heart mantra of Māmakī. Her auxiliary heart mantra is explained as follows:
“The first letter of the hot sounds (śa) is adorned above by Khecarī (aṁ). The first letter of the second group (ka) and the second letter of the seventh group (ra) are joined with Caurī (e) in like fashion. The first letter of the eighth group (śa) should be joined by the supreme Vajrā (a), who is the highest boon. One should take the twentieth letter (na) and support it underneath with the sixteenth[608] letter (ta). Gaurī (i) is held to be their adornment. One should take the first letter of the second group (ka) and the twenty-seventh letter (ra), and one should join them with Caurī (e). The fourth letter of the second group (gha), with Vajraḍākinī (u) as its seat, should be combined with the first letter of the third group (ṭa), then doubled. The fourth letter of the second group (gha) should be joined with Vajraḍākinī (u). Take the eleventh letter (ṭa), distinguished by the third vowel (i), add the fifth letter of the fifth group (na), and join it with Gaurī (i). One should take the fourth letter of the second group (gha), along with the supreme essence of Vajrā (a), then add the sixteenth letter (ta) and the twenty-sixth letter (ya), and double the whole thing. The fourth letter of the second group (gha) should be adorned with the fifth vowel (u).
Now the Blessed One said the mantra of Māmakī’s consort Ratnasambhava:
“Oṁ, burn, burn, hūṁ, phaṭ! Svāhā to [the deities who shout] phaṭ!”[610] {7.3.11}
[And he continued further:]
“Now, for the mantra of Paṇḍaravāsinī, one should take the first letter of the second group (ka) and the first letter of the fourth group (ṭa); Caurī (e) is thought to be their adornment. One should take the fourth letter of the seventh group (va), adorned on top with Gaurī (i). One should then take the first letter of the second group (ka) and the eleventh letter (ṭa), adorned on top with Caurī (e). F.129.b One should take the fifth letter of the fifth group (na) and join it with the third vowel (i). One should take the first letter of the second group (ka) and the first letter of the fourth group (ṭa), and connect to them Caurī (e), who is the supreme boon. One should then add the first letter of the second group (ka) and the first letter of the fourth group (ṭa), adorned on top with Khecarī (aṁ). One should add the first letter of the second group (ka) and the eleventh letter (ṭa), joined with Caurī (e). {7.3.12}
“Oṁ, Vajradharma hrīḥ! Svāhā![611] {7.3.14}
So spoke the great Blessed Vajradhara.[614]
“Oṁ, act, act! Accomplish, accomplish! Bind, bind! Frighten, frighten! Shake, shake! Hraḥ hraḥ! Pheṃ pheṃ! Phaṭ phaṭ! Burn, burn! Cook, cook! Devour, devour! You who wear a garland of entrails covered in fat and blood, seize seize! Threaten the serpents in the seven subterranean paradises. Summon them, summon! Hrīṁ hrīṁ! Jñaiṁ jñaiṁ! Kṣmāṁ kṣmāṁ! Hāṁ hāṁ! Hīṁ hīṁ![616]Hūṁ hūṁ! Kili kili! F.130.aSili sili! Cili cili![617]Dhili dhili! Hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ phaṭ! Svāhā![618]
This mantra of the lord of spells accomplishes all activities. {7.3.21}
“The heart mantra of Amoghasiddhi:
“One should take the first letter of the Vedas (oṁ) and the second letter of the second group (kha) topped with ‘empty space’ (ṁ), and add svāhā at the end. The wise practitioner will be able to drive away even the buddhas. {7.3.25}
“The heart mantra of Amitābha:
“At the beginning one should place the syllable of Vairocana (oṁ) and combine it with the third letter of the third group (ja), adorned with the neuter syllable (ra) and Vāri (ī), together with ‘empty space’ (ṁ). The mantra should end with svāhā. When pronounced, it sows enmity. {7.3.26}
“The heart mantra of Vairocana:
“At the beginning one should place the king of letters (oṁ). Then, one should take the fourth letter of the seventh group (va),[619] joined with the syllable of Vajraḍākinī (u) and ‘empty space’ (ṁ). One should add svāhā at the end. This mantra is employed in acts of assaulting. {7.3.27}
“The heart mantra of Locanā:
“One should again use the king of letters (oṁ), then add the red syllable hūṁ, and finish with svāhā. With this mantra one will be able to summon the entire world, and among the apsarases, Rambhā, and so forth, and even Tilottamā. {7.3.28}
“The heart mantra of Māmakī:
“The heart mantra of Paṇḍaravāsinī:
“One should take the second letter in the eighth group (ra),[620] adorned with the eighth letter of the eighth group (ha). One should place the syllable of the ‘delusion family’ (oṁ) at the beginning and complete it with svāhā at the end. {7.3.30}
“The mantra of Tārā:
“One should take the syllable of action (ī) and join it with the syllable of Vairocana (oṁ) at the beginning, and with svāhā at the end. {7.3.31}
“Oṁ, Prasannatārā! One with the face and eyes of an immortal! Fulfiller of all aims! Pacifier of all beings! Please bring about enthrallment, no matter whether it is of a woman, a man, or a king! Svāhā![622] {7.3.37}
“In the center of the lotus he should draw a wheel with eight spokes, furnished with eight syllables. On its hub should be drawn the first letter of the fifth group (ta) adorned with the crescent moon and the bindu (tam̐). Then, he should surround it with the mantra in the shape of a garland, ending with svāhā, and with syllables hrīḥ placed on the anthers[623] in the spaces in between. The mantrin who thus forms two wheels joined as prescribed will be able within seven days to enthrall even a king. {7.3.38}
“The fifth method;
“There can also be a yantra-wheel with eight spokes, depicted entirely as a lotus with its petals. He should place upon it the syllables interspersed with the syllable gaḥ following the right procedure. The pericarp of the lotus should be adorned with eight gaḥ syllables. In the center he should write gaḥ svāhā gaḥ, combining this with the name of the target. He should write this on a stone slab with the juice of turmeric and position it face down. The target will become thoroughly paralyzed—it cannot be otherwise. {7.3.45} F.131.a
“The sixth method;
“He can also draw the same yantra-wheel, but write in it hūṁ hūṁ interspersed with the syllable phaṭ. He should write this on a human skull, with a human bone as the writing utensil, using poison, blood, and black mustard seed for ink. If he does this in a charnel ground, he will kill the target. {7.3.46}
“The seventh method;
“Another yantra-wheel should be identical, but he should intersperse hūṁ hūṁ with the syllable oṁ and write it on birchbark, using saffron for ink. He should offer yellow flowers or, alternatively, the five types of service. Through so doing the target will become enriched after seven days. {7.3.47}
“The eighth method;
“If he intersperses the same syllables with the word svāhā, he will ensure protection. {7.3.48}
“The ninth method;
“Using the same wheel, he can take the ten syllables of the mantric formula, this time interspersed with the syllable āḥ, and write the target’s name on an earthenware plate using white sandal as ink. He should then offer fragrant white flowers and make offerings according to his ability, reciting the mantra one hundred and eight times at the three junctions of the day, as prescribed. Through so doing the target will be pacified of negative influences after seven days. {7.3.49}
“The tenth method;
“Using the same wheel again, he should write ‘āḥ, of such and such’ in the center of the letter e.[626] He should then write hūṁ above it, below it, and to its sides; vaṁ in the intermediate directions around it; and three lines surrounding everything on the outside. If he writes this on birchbark using bovine orpiment as ink, and then places the birchbark in ghee and honey, he will certainly enthrall the target after seven days. {7.3.50}
“The eleventh method;
“Using the same wheel, he should draw a lotus with four petals, each furnished with the syllable hrīṁ. In the center, he should write ‘hrīḥ, such and such’ surrounded by four hūṁ syllables. If he writes this with red sandalwood paste on unbaked earthenware he will be able to placate an angry person, there is no doubt about it. {7.3.51}
“The twelfth method;
“Alternatively, he should draw two wheels on birchbark using saffron and bovine orpiment, or lac, as ink. He should wear one wheel and place the other wheel in ghee and honey and leave it there. Through so doing, whomever he has in mind will become a dear friend. {7.3.52}
“The mantra specific to some of these rituals is:
Oṁ, Tārā, you who bewilder everyone! Eager to save! Strong and powerful one! Bewilder all evildoers, bewilder! Blessed one! Bind all evildoers, bind! Hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ phaṭ phaṭ! Svāhā![627] {7.3.53}
“The thirteenth method;
“If he ties a knot at the edge of his garment and sets out on a journey, he will not be robbed by robbers.[628] {7.3.54}
“The fourteenth method;
“To whomever he gives a blue lotus marked with a wheel after incanting it with the appropriate mantra[629] seven times, that person will be enthralled. This is the rite of the wheel marked with a blue lotus.[630] {7.3.55} F.131.b
“The fifteenth method;
“For the next yantra-wheel, the lotus to be drawn should have eight petals and be provided with the syllables hrīḥ and śrīḥ. On its anthers[631] he should write ‘hrīḥ, such and such, śrīḥ.’ If he writes this on birchbark with bovine orpiment as ink and wears it, he will be fortunate in every respect. {7.3.56}
“The sixteenth method;
“He should draw a lotus with eight petals and write at its center the mantra of the ‘delusion family’ (oṁ). He should draw a circular line surrounding it and eight three-pronged vajra scepters surrounding that. If he draws this with saffron following the prescribed procedure and wears it, tied to his arm, he will always be protected. {7.3.57}
“The seventeenth method;
“The next yantra-wheel should be the same but without the vajra scepters. He should write on the pericarp, or on the outside the following:
“Oṁ, hūṁ hūṁ! Wake, wake! Devour, devour! Chop, chop! Shake, shake! Churn, churn! Bind, bind! Sow enmity between such-and-such and such-and-such! Hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ phaṭ! Svāhā![632] {7.3.58}
“This is the mantra of Hayagrīva for sowing enmity. He should write this mantra with a substance suitable for the rites of assaulting in the center of a buffalo’s or horse’s hoof. He will cause enmity at that moment even between Śiva and Durgā, let alone ordinary humans. {7.3.59}
“The eighteenth method;
“He should draw two maṇḍalas of fire[633] with a pair of corners below and above, following the prescribed rule. Above he should write hūṁ gaḥ hūṁ hūṁ gaḥ hūṁ, and in the area below, hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ. Further, on the outer points of the triangles, he should write hūṁ gaḥ hūṁ hūṁ gaḥ hūṁ, and in the center, hūṁ gaḥ hūṁ.[634] He should draw all this with ink made from poison, blood, black mustard, charnel ground ash, juice from the leaves of the neem tree, and urine on a rag from a charnel ground or the rag of a madman. If he then encircles the entire diagram with the mantra of Mahābala and places the rag above a burning fire, he will paralyze the enemy. {7.3.60}
“The nineteenth method;
“He should depict a lotus, adorned with eight āḥ syllables on its petals, at the center of a square Indra maṇḍala with eight oṁ syllables positioned at its eight cardinal and intermediary points. On its pericarp should be positioned the target’s name adorned with four hūṁ syllables. If he encloses this in a two-piece earthenware dish and wraps it all around with a vajra cord while reciting the mantra words of invocation and meditating that Vajradhara stands astride the target’s head, this mantra wheel will paralyze all men, gods, and bodhisattvas. {7.3.61} F.132.a
“The twentieth method;
“As for the next yantra-wheel, the maṇḍala of Indra should be marked with eight three-pronged vajra scepters. In the center of this maṇḍala should be a four-cornered maṇḍala, inscribed with the following mantras:
“He should then draw another maṇḍala of Indra inside that square maṇḍala and write at its center, ‘Please paralyze such and such.’[639] He should draw this yantra on birchbark with turmeric juice and then stuff it into a frog’s[640] mouth. Piercing the mouth with a thorn of downy datura from above, he should fix the upper palate to the lower.[641] Through so doing one will paralyze a hostile army at that very instant. {7.3.63}
“The twenty-first method;
“The next yantra-wheel should have a round shape with a five-pronged, crossed vajra scepter aligned with the intermediate directions. At the tip of its central prongs there should be four hūṁ syllables.[642] On its hub he should write the following garland of mantra syllables:
“Oṁ, you step with your feet apart[643] and you advance onward. You are the rising and the setting.[644] You are the bright sun and the eclipsed sun. You are the waves. You are the woodlands and the undergrowth. You are monastic robes and you are great monastic robes.[645] You are invisibility.[646]Svāhā![647] {7.3.64}
“The syllable oṁ should be written everywhere. At the center of the circle should be drawn a three-pronged, crossed vajra scepter, aligned with the cardinal directions. On its central, left, and right prongs should be written, respectively, the mantras ‘Oṁ Vattalī!’ ‘Oṁ Varalī!’ and ‘Oṁ Varāmukhī!’ He should write thus on all the prongs, repeating the same pattern for each of the four tips of the crossed vajra scepter. In the northeast and other intermediate quarters he should write ‘Oṁ to Mārīcī.’[648] In the center he should write ‘Oṁ, Varālī! Vattālī! Varāhamukhī! Crush the body, speech, and mind of all the most wicked evildoers! Paralyze their mouths!’[649] In the center of that he should place the syllable māṁ and, in its center, the words ‘Protect such and such, protect!’[650] On the outside of the syllable māṁ he should write ‘Oṁ to the deity[651] Mārīcī!’[652] If he draws this yantra-wheel on birchbark with saffron and wears it, he will always be protected. {7.3.65}
“The twenty-second method;
“He should make an effigy of a naked man with flowing hair and earrings in his ears.F.132.b Atop its head there should be a three-pronged vajra scepter marked with the syllable haṁ. Above its forehead one should write lāṁ lāṁ. On its cheeks and throat,[653] starting from the right side of its chin, he should write, ‘May the counter-spells ruin those who injure my mind.’[654] In the area from its navel to its mouth, he should draw the shape of a caitya. Above it, he should draw a five-pronged vajra scepter. He should then write the mantra of interdependent origination, ‘Those dharmas that arise from causes, etc.,’ forming the shape of a garland of words that extends from the right side of the hollow inside the caitya up to the chest,[655] left, and then down. On its neck he should draw the syllable hūṁ upside down, and on its mid-torso, a five-pronged vajra scepter pointing upward. On both sides of its torso should be written twelve hūṁ syllables. Then, below, on the broad plinth of the caitya,[656] he should write the vowels, but without the four neuter letters (ṛ,ṝ,ḷ,ḹ). On the flat surface of the effigy’s chest he should write, as before, ‘May the counter-spells ruin those who injure my mind,’[657] but this time in a straight line.
He should also write the same in straight lines on its shanks and on its phallus.[658] On each of its eight limbs, he should write puṁ puṁ[659] raṁ. On the back of its hands,[660] he should write tāṁ tāṁ, and on its feet,puṁ[661] raṁ. He should have this effigy drawn using as ink poison, salt, black mustard, and neem leaf, mixed together with datura extract and charnel ground ash, while the moon is in the asterism of Puṣya. He should write ‘of such and such’ between the words of the mantra on the hub of the vajra scepter, using white sandalwood paste. For drawing the holy caitya he should likewise use white sandalwood paste, and for the vajra scepter with its hub he should use saffron. If he wears this with the spell inscribed on it, he will always have great protection. {7.3.66}
“The twenty-third method;
“He should draw Mount Sumeru with its eight spurs, adorned on top with a crossed, three-pronged, crossed vajra scepter. The spurs[662] should be marked, in the corner areas of the yantra, with the syllable naṁ,[663] and each enclosed by a pair of hūṁ syllables. He should write the four words alakta, kata, vāya, and māṃsaṃ[664] between each two cardinal directions, starting from the northeast. He should surround all this with a circular line, and at its center draw Gaṇapati. He should be depicted in the form of the lord of dance, with a dish of sweetmeats and a rosary in his right hands, a three-pronged vajra scepter and a leaf-crowned radish in his left hands, seated on a lotus, and riding a shrew. {7.3.67} F.133.a
“The mantra to recite is:
“Hūṁ gaḥ hūṁ hūṁ gaḥ gaḥ hūṁ! Please send rain! Hūṁ gaḥ gaḥ hūṁ![665] {7.3.68}
“He should write the short version of this mantra on the elephant god’s forehead, chest, hips,[666] and above the navel. If he draws this on unbaked earthenware using blood from his ring finger mixed with the three pungent substances, and heats it in a fire of cutch-tree wood, it will definitely bring rain—it cannot be otherwise. If he draws the same, but with orpiment instead on the inner surface of the earthenware,[667] and then heats it over fire, he will stop the rain. {7.3.69}
“The twenty-fourth method;
“He should draw a wheel with eight spokes and adorn it with eight gaḥ syllables. In its center, he should write the target’s name enclosed within the mantra, following the prescribed procedure. He should write this using orpiment and turmeric essence on a rag from a charnel ground or a rag that has been struck with a weapon. He should make an effigy of Gaṇapati from rice flour, placing this wheel in his chest. He should then put this effigy inside well-baked earthenware, wrap it on the outside with a yellow thread, and offer to it yellow flowers as prescribed. The rite described here, O goddess, is the supreme king of the rites of paralyzing. {7.3.70}
“The twenty-fifth method;
“He should write the following mantra in the center of the syllable māṁ:
“Oṁ, Vattālī! Varālī! Varāhamukhī! Paralyze the mouths of all the most wicked evildoers![668] {7.3.71}
“He should write this mantra using turmeric extract on two bricks. Having then joined them with a hollow in between, he should bury this device in the ground; it will paralyze all evildoers—it cannot be otherwise. {7.3.72}
“The twenty-sixth method;
“He should draw the yantra diagram on the ground in the form of a bhaga together with a liṅga, and write there the name of the target. Alone, he should urinate on this yantra for seven days until, following the procedure of surrounding her name with a noose formed from hrīḥ syllables, he causes the woman whom he desires to arrive. {7.3.73}
“The twenty-seventh method;
“He should draw a wheel with eight spokes in the center of a moon disk. In the divisions he should draw, in short, a vajra scepter, a banner, an axe, a trident, a noose, a double vajra scepter, F.133.b a khaṭvāṅga, and a goad. In the center of the circle he should draw a full moon disk and, in the center of this moon, he should write, “May such and such a man and such and such a woman obtain a son.”[669] In the hub of the wheel he should write the following mantra:
“Oṁ, Maṇidharī! Vajriṇī! Mahāpratisarā! Hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ phaṭ! Svāhā![670] {7.3.74}
“Then, in the center of a moon disk, he should write this mantra:
“Oṁ, Amṛtavilokinī! Protectress of the womb! Summoner of the being to be born! Hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ phaṭ! Svāhā![671] {7.3.75}
“If he writes this mantra on birchbark using saffron and bovine orpiment while the moon is in the asterism of Puṣya, and wears it, he will obtain a son. {7.3.76}
“The twenty-eighth method;
“A wheel should be drawn in the shape of a pitcher with a neck, and the neck should be long. Following the prescibed procedure, he should write ‘yaḥ plea yaḥ se yaḥ ex yaḥ pel yaḥ such yaḥ and yaḥ such yaḥ!’[672] using crow’s blood as ink on a piece of cloth that was used as a banner in a temple of the supreme deity. He should write on it the name of the target and tie this to the neck of a live crow. He should then release the crow in the northwestern direction. Whoever’s name it was, this person will be exiled. {7.3.77}
“The twenty-ninth method;
“He should draw a wheel with eight spokes in the center of a sun disk. The syllable hūṁ—the elemental seed—should be nestled within it. He should visualize the vajra sun,[673] and then write the target’s name enclosed within the mantra. If the practitioner draws and writes this, as prescribed, on birchbark using saffron and bovine orpiment, and wears it, he will always be protected. {7.3.78}
“The thirtieth method;
“A lotus should be drawn with twenty-four petals, surrounded by a triple line. By writing oṁ hrīṁ klīṁ on it, as prescribed, while the moon is in the asterism of Puṣya, and holding it in his hand, he will be able to turn anyone into his servant with a mere touch of the hand. {7.3.79}
“The thirty-first method;
“A wheel should be drawn in the shape of a tambourine and adorned with a vajra scepter and a lotus. On the outside it should be surrounded with a triple line representing, in short, the vajra body, and so forth. By meditating intently on the vajra of action all his enemies will be crushed. And all activities will be accomplished with the mantras sanctioned by the ritual procedure.[674] The mantras are these:
“Oṁ, smother, smother! Hūṁ hūṁ, phaṭ! F.134.aOṁ, seize seize! Hūṁ hūṁ, phaṭ! Oṁ, hand them over, do! Hūṁ hūṁ, phaṭ! Bring them over, O Lord Vidyārāja! Hūṁ hūṁ, phaṭ! Svāhā![675] {7.3.80}
“Driving away and nailing down the hordes of obstacle makers, and threatening the gods, demigods, and humans who dwell throughout all directions. Wearing his armor,[678] he cannot be destroyed even by the thirty-three gods.[679] {7.3.87}
“If a lay vow holder wears this yantra-wheel, having first offered worship with many offerings when the planets were auspicious, he will be protected from untimely death, armed conflicts, and so forth. About my words, O goddess, there can be no doubt. F.134.b This yantra-wheel is called ‘one which brings victory over enemies.’ {7.3.91}
“The thirty-third method;
“Alternatively, he should etch on a copper plate, during the asterism of Puṣya, the same wheel and mantra, but without the gates. The mantra should be interspersed with the target’s name. If he places it in water and makes offerings to it three times a day, then all enemies will become completely immobilized. When a well-focused practitioner of mantra puts this, as prescribed, in a covered pool that does not dry up, he can bring an appeasement. {7.3.92}
“The thirty-fourth method;
“There is also another yantra-wheel with four corners, four gates, and archways[682] adorned with vajra scepters. At the gates there should be respectively a vajra hammer, a bejeweled staff, a lotus, and a vajra sword. In the corners, inside white skull cups, there should be blue lotuses and goads. In the center among them there should be a lotus with ten petals, on which the wise practitioner should place the syllables. At its pericarp, he should write the following excellent mantra:
“Oṁ, Prasannatārā! One with the face and eyes of an immortal! Fulfiller of all aims! Svāhā![683]
“He should write this mantra during rites of enthralling. {7.3.93}
“The thirty-fifth method;
“Now, for the rite of averting all mischief-makers, the following mantra has been prescribed:
“Oṁ, Tārā, you who bewilder everyone! Eager to save! Bewilder all evildoers, bewilder! Blessed one! Bind all evildoers, bind! Hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ! Svāhā![684] {7.3.94}
“The thirty-sixth method;
“In the center of the aforementioned ten-petaled lotus he should depict a moon disk, and in the center of the moon disk he should draw the first letter of the fourth group (ta) in the form of lotus filament, which is circular in design. In the six divisions around its center he should place six syllables[685] of the mantric formula, interspersed with the syllable hrīḥ, following the prescribed procedure. This yantra-wheel is called ‘the beneficial influence of Tārā that vanquishes an entire army.’[686] By reciting it 100,000 times, he can make the earth shake, dry up oceans and other water reservoirs, and turn poison into nectar, or nectar into poison. Having incanted a bowl of candied sugar, he should throw the sugar in the cardinal and intermediate directions, above and below. As a result, the gods, demigods, yakṣas, rākṣasas, gandharvas, kinnaras, and mahoragas will all become bound. F.135.a He will steal magical potions from all the ḍākinīs and poisons from all the nāgas. If he incants candied sugar and throws it into a river, the river will flow upstream. With the same candied sugar he will be able to arrest the waves. If he recites the mantra 1,000 times while facing upward, he can prevent a heavy rain from falling. If he recites the mantra 1,000 times in the direction of an enemy army, and then enters battle, he will meet with no harm even when struck with hundreds of weapons. He cannot be chopped up. His body becomes a diamond body. He will perform many miracles, and will play with deities invoked by this king of mantras.” {7.3.95}
This concludes the third part of the seventh chapter, called “The Benefits of Yantra-Wheels Used for the Complete Range of Activity.”
Part 4
[The goddess said:]
The Blessed One said:
Then, to first explain the purification of the ground, the Blessed One said:
“Becoming the deity Krodhavijaya, one should visualize oneself as having three faces and six arms.F.135.b One should radiate cloud masses of Krodhavijayas, which invoke all the tathāgatas and their retinues throughout the ten directions, supplicating them, ‘May you please attend to the places of consecration and provide protection for the teacher and his disciples.’ One should then absorb the Krodhavijayas, along with the supplicated tathāgatas, and internalize them, placing them in a hūṁ syllable at the hub of a vajra scepter on a moon disk in one’s heart. Having fused the form of Vajradhara, in union with his consort (vidyā),[688] with all the blessed tathāgatas,[689] one should form the mudrā called ‘the turning of the lotus,’ preceded by the blessing with the three-letter consecration, and then perform the required set of motions[690] with the vajra scepter in one’s right hand. With one’s left hand, one should sound the bell harmoniously. On the soles of one’s feet one should visualize a syllable hūṁ which transforms into a blazing vajra scepter. Then, with the pride of being Krodhavijaya who makes the sound hūṁ, a wise practitioner should expel all obstructors, first by exclaiming hūṁ, and then by addressing the following words, while visualizing[691] himself in Krodha’s form, to the gods, demigods, and guhyakas: {7.4.7}
“ ‘May all gods, demigods, yakṣas, rākṣasas, pretas, piśācas, apasmaras, bhūtas, ḍākinīs, ostārakas, male and female elders—all with their retinues of followers[692]—garuḍas, kinnaras, and semi-divine adepts of spells, depart! A regal maṇḍala of such and such a deity needs to be drawn at this place in order that such and such a student attains a perfect awakening under the guidance of such and such a master, and in order that all beings obtain unsurpassable wisdom. You must therefore swiftly depart upon hearing this command by Vajradhara. If anyone does not run away, then Vajrapāṇi, the blazing Hūṁkāra with an angry face, will split his head into a hundred pieces with the brightly shining vajra scepter of great wisdom!’ {7.4.8} F.136.a
“When this command has been pronounced three times, he should radiate wrathful forms of himself as Krodhavijaya while doing the ritual movements with his great vajra scepter.[693] Walking around the maṇḍala ground, tempestuously, with a vajra step, he should drive away all mischief-makers. Thus should he claim the ground. {7.4.9}
“Then, having summoned the earth goddess, he should perform by means of the mantra the consecration and the tutelage rites.[694] He should pay homage to his master—his mantra instructor—and afterward summon, cause to enter, and bind the gold-colored earth goddess who is holding a pitcher in her hand. He should worship her with the five types of service involving fragrant perfume, and so forth. After he has made her occupy the maṇḍala ground, he should remain near her.” {7.4.10}
Now the Blessed One gave the mantra of summoning:
“Oṁ, come, come! O great goddess, mother of the earthly realm, adorned with all the richly bejeweled ornaments, resounding with the tinkling of necklaces and anklets, you who are so bountifully worshiped by Vajrasattva! Take this welcome offering and bring success to the homa rites! Hrī hī hī hī haṁ! Svāhā!”[695] {7.4.11}
[And he continued further:]
“Having performed with this mantra the rite of the goddess’s tutelage over the maṇḍala, he should perform the anointing of the ground. He should thus sprinkle and smear the ground with feces, urine, and so forth. He should then cense it with an incense of human flesh. After censing the ground, he should make offerings, and then place the ‘seal’ in the center, meaning he should usher in the consort (vidyā).” {7.4.12}
Vajragarbha asked:
“Should he, O Blessed One, usher in a consort (vidyā)-goddess who has been cast or otherwise artificially made, drawn in whatever way, or fashioned from wood or other such materials?” {7.4.13}
The Blessed One replied:
“He should usher in a human girl of the cāṇḍāla or similar caste. If such cannot be procured, he should take one from a caste different from his own.[696] He should place the mantra syllables on her body. The syllable hrīḥ should be placed on all her limbs. The syllable hrīṁ should be placed on her chest, between her eyebrows, on her throat and head. The syllable bhruṁ should be placed in the center of her vulva.” {7.4.14}
“And where,[697] O Blessed One, should the syllable bhrūṁ be placed, [if it is placed] in the middle of her body?” {7.4.15} F.136.b
The Blessed One replied:
“By the word middle, O sons of the buddha family, navel is meant. There he should place the syllable bhrūṁ.[698] Having thus[699] placed the syllables, he should visualize the forms of Locanā and other tathāgata consorts. At this point, he should visualize a brahmin or a śūdra consort in the form of Locanā—if it is the rite of pacifying, it should be the form of Locanā. He should visualize her as white and adorned with all manner of jewelry. If it is the rite of enthralling, he should visualize a woman from the cāṇḍāla caste in the form of red Tārā. If it is the rite of enriching, he should visualize a dancer woman or a woman of royal lineage as the yellow Pāṇḍaravāsinī. Thus, following the divisions of the types of activity, he should worship the consort with the five types of service, and offer a handful of flowers. He should place on her vulva blood or[700] semen.[701] In this way, the ground where the homa rite is to take place will be purified. {7.4.16}
“A girl, one from a caste different than his own,[702] should be instructed in the maṇḍala procedure. As this pertains to the maṇḍala, she should also be instructed in the rites of homa, including the secret maṇḍala of phenomena. Following this rule, he should measure out a twofold maṇḍala—the external one of colored powders, and the secret maṇḍala of phenomena that concerns his own samaya. Accordingly, he should prepare a sacrificial fire pit in an area that is a place of pilgrimage for yogins.”
So spoke the Blessed One. {7.4.17}
And he said further:
“In front, there should be a dish with the welcome offering. While chanting the ‘all-purpose’ mantra, he should perform the rites of sprinkling and sipping of water. He should encircle the pit all around with the straight tips of kuśa grass blades. {7.4.25}
“Oṁ, fire, blaze, blaze! Penetrate, O splendorous one, to carry away this burnt offering, svāhā![716] {7.4.27}
“Likewise, he should observe whether the fire has many flames and belches smoke and sparks, or whether it gradually rises or very slowly wanes. The fire may look unpleasant, or be dark green in color; it may resemble a spear or a sun, or the head of a cow. It may smell of a corpse or a cow, or possibly a donkey. He should thus divine by the signs of the fire whether there will be obstacles, and if so, he should neutralize them.[719] {7.4.38}
“Through the homa consisting of feces, urine, blood, bone marrow, bones, and human flesh, all the recipients become filled with joy.”[724] {7.4.46}
Then the Blessed One, having entered the samādhi called “The Vajra That Accomplishes the Wisdom Circle of the Vajra-Tathāgata Great Vairocana,”[725] taught the elaborate outer and inner ritual methods for accomplishing the complete wisdom circle: {7.4.47}
“Whatever deity is brought inside the center of the circle, that circle is praised by the buddhas as the vajra maṇḍala that is to be indicated with the name of that deity. {7.4.48}
“She is imbued with the sentiment of erotic love; she has sixteen arms and seven faces,[727] each one with three eyes, and is smiling. She is emerald in color[728] and replete with the freshness of youth. She wears brightly colored clothes, a pearl necklace, anklets, a choker, a diadem, arm bracelets,[729] earrings, a waist chain, and so forth. She is adorned with different kinds of jewelry; her hair is adorned with a blue lotus flower and her body hue resembles barley flowers.[730] She stands with her left leg outstretched and her right slightly bent, inspiring fear even in the masters of the realms of the thirty-three (Indra) who fold their hands in a gesture of reverence. She is ablaze with red flames and surrounded by buddhas radiating light all around. If the practitioner visualizes her, the dear mother of all sentient beings, as such, he will swiftly attain the state of awakening. {7.4.51} F.138.b
“In her first right hand she holds a sword; in the second, a blue lotus; in the third, an arrow; in the fourth, a vajra scepter; in the fifth, a goad; in the sixth, a staff; in the seventh, a flaying knife; and with the eighth she displays the mudrā of fearlessness. In her first left hand she holds a human skull cup; with the second she displays the threatening mudrā; in the third she holds a bow; in the fourth, a khaṭvāṅga; in the fifth, a noose; in the sixth, a trident;[731] in the seventh, a jewel; and in the eighth, a pitcher. {7.4.52}
“Her first face on the right side is blue, and the second one blazes with the color yellow. The first face on the left side is white, and the second has the greenish color of beryl. Her upper face bares its fangs, and is smoky in color, frighteningly contorted, hideous, and terrifying. So should he visualize the goddess who bounteously bestows all accomplishments. {7.4.53}
“Further above, he should visualize another face with the form of a donkey’s, or some other desired form.[732] With her four feet, a trident, and snakes wrapped around, she is referred to as “Herukī,”[733] and should be visualized as the ultimate cause of accomplishments.[734] Inside the bhaga[735] he should visualize, arising from the syllable yaṁ, the maṇḍala of wind, which has the appearance of smoke. Above it, in the center of a moon disk, he should visualize himself in the form of Mañjuśrī transformed from the syllable dhīḥ. In his heart he should visualize a sun disk transformed from the syllable āḥ. From this sun disk, he should radiate rays of light and make offerings with them as prescribed. Above the sun disk, he should visualize the syllable hūṁ made of five-colored light. This syllable is transformed into Vajrabhairava with nine faces and the form of a buffalo. He has sixteen feet and thirty-four arms. He is naked and black in color with great brilliance. The crown of his head is adorned with five skulls and he inspires great fear.
He stands with his left leg outstretched and his right slightly bent, with his liṅga erect. He has a protruding belly, a huge body, and upward flowing hair resembling a blazing sun. He is adorned with a garland of skulls and other ornaments.F.139.a He makes a roaring sound like at the time of the final dissolution of the world. He should visualize him consuming human blood, fat, serum, flesh, lymph, and bone marrow,[736] while devouring the triple universe along with Brahmā, Indra,[737] Upendra, Rudra, and so forth. {7.4.54}
“With his loud laughter and lolling tongue he frightens even fear itself. His first face is that of a buffalo. On his right horn there are three faces—blue, red, and yellow—each contorted with anger. On the left horn, the three faces are white, smoky, and black. Between the two horns there is an intensely red face with blood streaming from its mouth. Above it there is the princely youth Mañjuśrī, intensely yellow, semi-wrathful, wearing the ornaments of youth and a crown of five strips of cloth. Having stabilized this visualization, the mantra adept should cultivate himself as the deity with a well-focused mind. {7.4.55}
“Furthermore, in his first hand on the right, Vajrabhairava holds a flaying knife; in the second, a javelin; in the third, a mace; in the fourth, a small knife; in the fifth, a half-spear;[738] in the sixth, an axe; in the seventh, a spear; in the eighth, an arrow; in the ninth, a goad; in the tenth, a club; in the eleventh, a khaṭvāṅga; in the twelfth, a discus; in the thirteenth, a vajra scepter; in the fourteenth, a vajra hammer; in the fifteenth, a sword; and in the sixteenth, a ḍamaru. {7.4.56}
“On the left side, in his first hand, he holds a skull cup; in the second, a human head; in the third, a shield; in the fourth, a foot; in the fifth, a noose; in the sixth, a bow; in the seventh, entrails; in the eighth, a bell; in the ninth, a hand; in the tenth, a rag from a charnel ground; in the eleventh, a man impaled on a stake; in the twelfth, a fire pit; and in the thirteenth, a goblet.[739] With the fourteenth he displays the threatening mudrā; F.139.b with the fifteenth, a hand gesture with three fingers stretched out; and in the sixteenth, he holds a ‘wind-cloth.’ With the remaining pair of hands he holds an elephant hide. {7.4.57}
“Under his right foot there are men, buffaloes, bulls, donkeys, camels, dogs, rams, and jackals. Under his left foot there are vultures, owls, crows, parrots, hawks, cocks,[740] eagles, and cranes.[741] He should visualize Vajrabhairava as such. Optionally, he should commission a painting of him. {7.4.58}
“Below Vajrabhairava he should visualize a great cemetery overrun with rākṣasas, kṣetrapālas, and vetālas; filled with humans impaled on stakes, humans hanged from banyan trees,[742] burning humans, humans pierced with spears, lots of crows and other birds, and dogs; and resounding with disquieting laughter, hā hā. So should the practitioner visualize the Great Bhairava who makes all cruel rites successful.” {7.4.59}
So spoke the Blessed One.[743]
“In her first right hand she holds a vajra scepter; in the second, an axe; and in the third, an arrow. {7.4.69}
“Her right and left faces[750] are as previously described.[751] So should the practitioner meditate for the sake of pacifying all illusion that stems from misapprehension.[752] Parṇaśāvarī truly is the remover of all illnesses.”
So spoke the blessed tathāgata Great Vajra.[753] {7.4.74}
“He should then commence the practice, to the extent possible, according to procedure. Starting from the northwest and following the order of the quarters, he should [visualize the deity[758] adorned with elements] in the colors of smoke, red, yellow, and white, respectively. Merely by visualizing this in meditation, he can make a woman drip[759] like an incised milk tree—it cannot be otherwise. {7.4.81}
“The mantra to recite is:
“Oṁ, Vajraḍākinī! Please draw the blood of such and such! Hūṁ phaṭ![762] {7.4.86}
“He has eight arms and four feet. In his four right hands he is holding, respectively, a vajra hammer, a sword, a discus, and a ḍamaru. In the left ones he holds a khaṭvāṅga, a skull cup, a bow, and a noose. {7.4.89}
“Oṁ, Vajrarākṣasa, devour him! Phaṭ![763] {7.4.93}
“Oṁ, hrīḥ ṣṭrīḥ! You with contorted face! Hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ! Svāhā![764] {7.4.95}
“His main face is dark green with a hint of yellow, and has three eyes. The faces on the right and left are black and white respectively. The upper face is that of a horse; it is yellow-green[773] and terrible looking with bared fangs. With his first right hand he displays the mudrā of three outstretched fingers; F.141.b in the second, he holds a double vajra scepter; in the third, a sword; and in the fourth, an arrow. In his first left hand he holds a multicolored lotus; in the second, a spear; in the third, a mirror; and in the fourth, a bow. He is standing on a sun disk with his left leg outstretched and the right slightly bent, and dancing the wild tāṇḍava dance, knocking down Viṣṇu, Śiva, and so forth.[774] In this way should the follower of the mantra path meditate, following the right procedure. {7.4.105}
“In the target’s navel, he should visualize the syllable māṁ[775] and, arising from it, the target with a belly full of wine. When he subsequently visualizes him as vomiting,[776] the target will throw up wine. {7.4.106}
“As for the next rite, the wise practitioner should walk toward the northwest and create there a maṇḍala with four corners. Using perfume, he should prepare seven drops and store them in an earthenware vessel. He should visualize that this transforms into Sumeru, with eight peaks arranged in a circle, surmounted with a flashing vajra scepter, with the seven seeds—yaṁ syllables—of wind inside it,[777] confining thus the in-breath of the Great Indra in its interior, and marked at the top with the syllable laṁ.[778] When this rite is performed in this way, he will stop the wind as if it were annihilated. {7.4.107}
“As for the next rite, he should visualize an eight-petaled lotus, placing the eight nāgas on the petals, and a peacock, blazing with flames, in the center.[779] Assuming the form of Vajrakrodha, he should squeeze the serpents with the heel of his foot, causing them to vomit rainclouds. Should he squeeze a nāga while reciting the syllable hūṁ in pairs, with the seed syllable of the nāgas[780] thrown in between, he will cause rain to fall. {7.4.108}
“As for the next rite, he should visualize in the sky a gaping mouth, as red as the light of the sun that causes the dissolution of the world.[781] Its tongue, bright with the syllable hūṁ, licks the clouds filled with the seven waters, summoning them. Through its inhaling and exhaling, the mouth then scatters the clouds like tufts of cotton wool. He should then send forth a multitude of replicas[782] of himself. He will instantly rend the sky and cause it to open, threatening it with the syllable hūṁ. {7.4.109} F.142.a
“As for the next rite, he should visualize Acalaceṭa with the color of an autumn sky, standing on a fiery disk, emerging from the center of [the practitioner’s] forehead. He is equal to Vairocana and has six hands which hold a sword, a noose, an arrow, a bow, a bell, and a vajra scepter.[783] Sending down rain, and surrounded by countless Krodhavajras, he vanquishes Māras, frightens away all troublemakers, and destroys even the entire triple universe by filling it with the resonance of hūṁ. {7.4.110}
“As for the next rite, he should sculpt a human effigy from human blood mixed with soil from the footprint of the target. He should nail it through the eyes with a spike made of human bone and incant it twenty times with the mantra of Mārīcī. Immediately after chanting the mantra, he should place the effigy in the mouth of an image of Gaṇapati and smash it from behind with a vajra cudgel, while repeating the mantra:
“Oṁ, smother, smother![784] Reduce the obstacle makers to dust with your vajra cudgel! Hūṁ phaṭ![785]
“Through this meditative act he will instantly[786] ward off human miscreants. {7.4.111}
“As for the next rite, he should visualize the deity with silver-colored eyes,[787] with his body adorned by hundreds of thousands of nāgas, issuing a command to the eight nāgas. These nāgas, for their part, should be visualized situated in the sky, with hundreds of thousands of faces. Upon hearing the command, they avert the rain with cloud masses. {7.4.112}
“As for the next rite, he should visualize a garuḍa blowing out fire by making wind with its wings, while creating a river with a stroke of its beak.[788] Visualizing thus, he should recite the mantra:
“Oṁ, Vajranārāyaṇa! Extinguish the fire by bringing new water-bearing clouds! Hūṁ![789] {7.4.113}
“In the middle of the sky, [he should visualize Kurukullā Tārā[790]] with three faces, each of them with three eyes. She is adorned with all types of jewelry and wears a tunic of tiger skin. She is red, intensely brilliant, with the same brightness as the rising sun. {7.4.114}
“Now, if he wishes to enthrall someone, he should, on the eighth day of the first half of the month Caitra, go under the canopy of an aśoka tree[793] and, dressed in red and adorned with all kinds of adornments, recite the mantra. He should visualize himself as red with three faces. Then, he should emanate from his body a two-armed red goddess with a goad and a noose in her hands. He should then visualize this goddess piercing the target through the heart with the goad and leading him into his own body. She makes him enter there in a state of confusion. In his heart one should place the ten-syllable mantra,[794] visualized in red. He should further cause the target to enter, in his mental body form, into these syllables, and visualize him merging with them. Through this meditative method he will be able, after seven days, to enthrall even a universal monarch for as long as he lives—there is no doubt about this.” {7.4.119}
Now, to help ward off the dangers of lightning, the Blessed One said:
“He should visualize himself in the form of the glorious primordial lord with three faces, four feet, four arms, and a luminous red glow. He is surrounded by four goddesses whose names begin with [or include the word] vajra—they are Vajrāstrā, Vajrakelīkilā,[795] Snehavajrā, and Vajragarvā. They each raise a vajra scepter with one of their right hands and hold an arrow with the other, proudly resting one of their left hands on the hip, while holding a bow with the other.[796] He should visualize, emanating from the lord’s body, clouds composed of buddhas adorned with all kinds of jewelry. Staying in the middle of the sky, they display the gesture of fearlessness with their right hand, and hold a jeweled, dripping initiation vase with the other.[797] Such will avert lightning. {7.4.120} F.143.a
“The mantra to recite is:
“Oṁ, Mahāsukhavajratejaḥ! Hūṁ![798] {7.4.121}
“When the same rite involves binding sexual ecstasy, it is said to bring about the state of the highest yoga.”[799] {7.4.122}
“If he wants to enthrall a wanton woman, he should once again[800] assume, on the eighth day of the bright fortnight, the identity of Kurukullā and do her meditation. He should consume a fruit of downy datura, and then respectfully give[801] the target a tilaka on the forehead using juice of black nightshade. He should then recite the following mantra:
“Oṁ, may such and such a woman, hrīṁ, become enthralled with me![802]
“When he has completed 10,000 recitations, she will arrive. {7.4.125}
“Now, if he wants to revive someone bitten by a black cobra, he should visualize in his heart an eight-petaled lotus, and above it, on each of the eight petals, distinctly visualize the third vowel (i), white in color. He should visualize himself in the form of the nāga Śeṣa, white in color and oozing ambrosia from the letter i [in his heart]. He should mentally send forth ambrosia from the two eyes of this nāga and visualize it falling into the body of the patient. By this meditative method he could neutralize the amount of poison that would fill the entire triple universe. {7.4.126}
“Now, if he wants to arrest the moon and the sun, he should make a moon and a sun from rice flour and submerge them in vajra water. He should recite the following mantra:
“Oṁ, moon and sun! Do not move, do not move! Stop stop! Svāhā to Hevajra![803] {7.4.127}
“He should recite this mantra sixty million times and then commence the actual rite. The moon and the sun will stop in their tracks regardless of whether it is night or day. {7.4.128}
“If he wants to destroy an enemy army, he should procure a piece of chalk. Having ground the chalk, he should prepare a pill by adding the five ambrosias together with axe filings.[804] {7.4.129}
“The mantra to repeat is:
“Oṁ, vajra knife! Svāhā to Hevajra![805] {7.4.130}
“In order to ensure a successful outcome, he should recite this mantra ten million times. He will then succeed. F.143.b Having completed the recitations, if he ties the aforementioned pill onto the neck of a pitcher and then breaks the neck, all the enemies will be decapitated. {7.4.131}
“Should he wish to cause [hostile] gods to burst, he should ritually prepare a tilaka compound. He should procure the ‘flower’ of a possessor of a vajra[806] produced through constricting the vajra,[807] mix[808] it with axe filings, and grind this together with urine during a solar eclipse. Having ground them together, he should mold the paste into the shape of an axe and, stepping on it with his foot, recite the mantra:
“Oṁ, vajra axe! Make them burst, do! Svāhā![809] {7.4.132}
“In order to ensure success, he should recite this mantra ten million times. Afterward, he should respectfully give the target[810] a tilaka on the forehead. Whomever he does this to, will burst. {7.4.133}
“Now I will teach a rite for producing rain.
“He should make an effigy of Ananta according to the oṁ āḥ phuḥ ritual procedure,[811] bathe it in the five ambrosias, and offer to it black flowers. Having smeared it with mugwort juice and inuncted its head with the rut fluid from the temples of an elephant, he should place it inside a double-chambered earthenware vessel, fill the vessel with milk from a black cow, and twine around it a cord spun by a black virgin. He should then dig a pond in an area toward the northwest and place Ananta next to it, by drawing a maṇḍala on its bank as prescribed and placing Ananta in its center. He should draw Hevajra standing astride Ananta, visualizing the former as having eight faces, four feet, sixteen arms, and, in all, twenty-four eyes. Later, the officiating master, in a proud and cruel frame of mind,[812] should recite the following mantra in a secluded place: {7.4.134}
“Oṁ, rumble rumble! Ghaḍa ghaḍa! Destroy them, destroy! Strike, strike! O lord of nāgas who causes Ananta to tremble! He-he ru-ru ka! Summon the nāgas who dwell in the seven subterranean paradises and make them send rain! Threaten them and make them send thunder! Phuḥ phuḥ phuḥ puḥ phuḥ phuḥ phuḥ phuḥ![813]Hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ phaṭ phaṭ! Svāhā![814] {7.4.135}
“If they do not send rain, he should recite the same mantra backward. They will then comply. If they still do not send rain, their heads will burst like a basil blossom. {7.4.136}
“If he wants to burst a cloud, F.144.a he should write on a rag from a charnel ground the following mantra:
“Oṁ, threaten threaten! To the one fond of cemeteries, phaṭ svāhā!”[815] {7.4.137}
This concludes the sovereign chapter called “The Benefits Derived from All the Rites and Their Meditations,”[816] the seventh in the great tantra, the glorious “Emergence from Sampuṭa.”
Chapter 8
Part 1
Vajragarbha said:
The Blessed One said:
“ ‘Hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ! Ho ho ho!’ {8.1.31}
“He should recite further:
“Oṁ, the vajra sound of phenomena! Spreading and reverberating! You reach all the buddhafields. Your nature is the sound of the perfection of wisdom. You delight the heart of Vajrasattva. Hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ! Ho ho ho! Svāhā![837] {8.1.33}
“And further:
“Oṁ, please stand by the vajra pledge to bring about the realization of all the tathāgatas! I uphold you. Hiḥ hi hi hi hi! Hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ! Svāhā![838] {8.1.34}
Part 2
“The mantra to recite is:
“Oṁ, stage by stage, I will attain the great knowledge of all the buddhas. Hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ! Ho ho ho! Aḥ! Svāhā![847] {8.2.19}
Part 3
[Vajragarbha said:]
[The Blessed One said:]
“Therefore, having become the nature of gnosis,[889] the wise practitioner should perform the rites with his mind blazing brightly like a lamp.[890] {8.3.42}
[The goddess asked],[896] “Venerable One! How is the [mundane][897] consciousness differentiated?”[898] {8.3.45}
The Blessed One said:
Part 4
“The heart mantra of Vajrāmṛta is:
“Oṁ, Vajrāmṛta of great bliss! Haṁ svāhā![904] {8.4.1}
“The mantra of Vajrasattva meant for recitation is:
“Oṁ āḥ hūṁ hūṁ svāhā! {8.4.2}
“As for the mantras of Locanā, and so forth, the mantra practitioner should recite them as specified before. {8.4.5}
“These are the mantras of Vajrasattva [and his retinue]. {8.4.7}
“The mantra of Heruka is:
“Oṁ hrīḥ svāhā! {8.4.8}
“The mantra of Gaurī is:
“Oṁ, you are the vajra secrecy, the supreme mistress of the siddhas, holding a skull cup and a rosary, fond of blood and dwelling in a charnel ground! Hūṁ phaṭ! Svāhā![907] {8.4.9}
“The mantra of Caurī is:
“Oṁ, you are a vajra-fierce goddess, the holder of a khaṭvāṅga, the great holder of a vajra scepter, one with a skull cup, a rosary, and a diadem! Summon them, summon! Pull at the hearts of all mischief-makers! Rulu rulu! Bhyo, hūṁ phaṭ![908] {8.4.10} F.149.a
“The mantra of Pramohā is:
“Oṁ, the unconquerable vajra goddess, ultimately secret, adorned with a skull cup and a rosary! You bewilder all the evil ones! Dear one, please come, come! The venerable, secret vajra goddess! One of many different garbs! You who ward off all the evil ones! Hūṁ phaṭ![909] {8.4.11}
“The mantra of Vetālī is:
“Oṁ, Vajravetālī, kha kha, devour, devour all the evil ones! You who wear strange clothes and are adorned with unusual ornaments! Kill, kill! Burn, burn! Cook, cook! Do not tarry, do not tarry! Remember your pledge! Enter into the center of the maṇḍala! Rouse everybody! Hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ![910] {8.4.12}
“The mantra of Pukkasī is:
“Oṁ, come, come! O venerable, secret vajra goddess! One of many different garbs! Nourished by all the tathāgatas! Remember your pledge! Kill, kill! Be passionate, be! Impassion, impassion! Fulfill the wishes, fulfill! Possess all beings, possess! Dance, dance! Cause others to dance, cause! Haḥ, ha ha ha ha, hūṁ hūṁ, phaṭ![911] {8.4.13}
“The mantra of Caṇḍālī is:
“Oṁ, the best among vajra spears! Split, split! Tug at the hearts of all the evil ones, tug! Kill, kill! Burn, burn! Grind, grind! Murder, murder! Do not tarry, do not tarry! Remember your pledge! Hūṁ hūṁ, phaṭ![912] {8.4.14}
“The mantra of Ghasmarī is:
“Oṁ, great vajra goddess! Haṁ haṁ haṁ haṁ, haḥ! Rulu rulu! Bhyo, hūṁ phaṭ! Devour all the evil ones! Grind their hearts! Hūṁ phaṭ svāhā![913] {8.4.15}
“The mantra of Herukasaṃnibhā is:
“Oṁ, smotherer! The blazing vajra of the pledge! Hūṁ phaṭ![914] {8.4.16}
“Each of these mantras should have svāhā added at the end.[925] These were the mantras of Heruka and his retinue. {8.4.19}
“These are the mantras of Nairātmyā and her retinue. {8.4.24}
“The mantras of Hevajra:
“Of the 100,000-armed Hevajra:
“The mantra of the two-armed Heruka, “one fond of charnel grounds,” is:
“Oṁ, glorious He-he-ru-ru-ka-vajra! One surrounded by a multitude of ḍākinīs! Hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ, phaṭ, svāhā![938]
“Of the two-armed Heruka, one seated on a seat of Rudra:
“Oṁ, glorious Herukavajra! The crusher of all the evil ones by means of the pledge mudrā! Hūṁ,[939]phaṭ, svāhā![940]
“Of Heruka the “the king of spells”:
“Oṁ hrīḥ ha ha hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ! {8.4.27}
“These are the mantras invoking the blessings of Heruka. {8.4.28}
“The sixteen-syllable root mantra of Ḍākinī is:
“Oṁ, svāhā to the Buddha ḍākinī, Vajravairocanī![941] {8.4.29}
“The heart mantra of Mārīcī is:
“Oṁ, svāhā to Mārīcī![942]
“The subsidiary heart mantra of Mārīcī is:
“Oṁ, svāhā to Mārīcī! Vattalī, Vadālī, Varālī![943] One with the face of a boar![944] {8.4.30}
“The mantra of Parṇaśāvarī is:
“Oṁ, demoness Parṇaśavarī! The appeaser of all pestilence! Hūṁ hūṁ! You with a big belly! Phaṭ![945] {8.4.31}
“The following mantras are very effective during the practice of Amoghasiddhi:
“The oblation offering mantra of Vajraḍākinī is:
“Oṁ, Vajraḍākinī![952] Take this oblation, take! Hūṁ phaṭ![953]Oṁ, jaḥ hūṁ vaṁ hoḥ! You are the pledge! One to behold! Hoḥ![954] {8.4.33}
“One should offer oblation while reciting this mantra three, four, or five times. {8.4.34}
“The mantra for offering oblation to all the spirits is:
“Oṁ, kha kha, devour, devour! All yakṣas, rākṣasas, bhūtas, pretas, piśācas, unmādas, apasmāras, ḍākas, ḍākinīs, and the rest, please take this oblation! Guard the samaya and grant me all accomplishments! Hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā![955] {8.4.35}
“The consecration mantra is:
“Oṁ, terrify, terrify, O Vajra! Hūṁ![956] {8.4.36}
“The mantra for the purification of the ground is:
“Oṁ āḥ hūṁ! Purify, purify! Protect, protect! Hūṁ phaṭ![957] {8.4.37}
“And further:
“Please strike, kill, haul them over, and make them dance!”[963]
“The mantra adept should recite this[964] according to the rule.[965] {8.4.39}
“With the last mantra in the center, these are the mantras of Jñānaḍākinī and her retinue. {8.4.41}
“The mantra of the welcome offering is:
“Oṁ jaḥ hūṁ vaṁ hoḥ khaṁ raṁ! {8.4.42}
“The mantra for cleansing the feet is:
“Oṁ khaṁ nī rī hūṁ khaḥ![975] {8.4.43}
“The mantra of perfume, food items, and other offerings is:
“Oṁ dhvaṁ dhvaṁ! {8.4.44}
“The mantra of the Great Seal is:
“Oṁ ha ho hrīḥ svāhā! {8.4.45}
“The mantra of summoning is:
“Oṁ, master of the samaya! Act, act! Hūṁ jaḥ, svāhā![976] {8.4.46}
“The mantra to be placed on the six limbs is:
“Ha hi hu[977] he ho haṁ!” {8.4.47}
This concludes the eighth sovereign chapter in the glorious “Emergence from Sampuṭa” on the advantages of all the rituals. F.150.b
Chapter 9
Part 1
Now the great bodhisattvas, headed by Vajragarbha, along with all the tathāgatas, made offerings and prostrated themselves to the Blessed One, then said: {9.1.1}
The Blessed One said:
“By chanting the following song, one will become a son of the victorious ones.
“By chanting this song, O sons of noble family, one will become a son of all the victorious ones—so said every blessed tathāgata.”[1021] {9.1.29}
This concludes the first part of the ninth chapter, “The Genesis of Every Tathāgata.”
Part 2
“And then draw a white[1023] triangle surrounding it. Along with the honors such as the welcome offering of water and flowers and the five articles—fish, meat, and so forth—one should include wine that inspires amorous passion. On the left side one should place all the ritual implements, and on the right, a dish with water. In front there should be the welcome-offering dish. Having purified all these substances with the five ambrosias,[1024] one should enter the absorption of Vajrasattva or, alternatively, assume the identity of Heruka. {9.2.2}
[Vajragarbha asked:]
“What, O Blessed One, are the so-called ‘hooks of gnosis’?” {9.2.5} F.152.a
The Blessed One said:
“These names are mantras of the five families, following the division of the five wisdoms.[1031] {9.2.6}
“Then, in the center of the moon, he should gratify all the deities with syllables, by uniting the vowels and the consonants.[1035] {9.2.10}
“By the command of the vajra queen,[1055] he should invoke all of them[1056] from all their respective places. {9.2.23}
“He should recite:
“Oṁ, p-pp-pull, b-bb-bind, d-dd-devour! Kill, kill all the evil ones! S-ss-strike! Appease all negativity for such and such! Hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ phaṭ! Jaḥ, svāhā![1057][1058] {9.2.24}
“Relying on the contemplation of ambrosia[1059] and filling thereby the mouths of the deities[1060] with it, he should meditate on yogins and yoginīs as the executors of any activity he can think of. He will then succeed in every type of activity.[1061] {9.2.25}
“With this verse, he should receive [the ambrosia]. This is the principle of the yogin’s proper practice, pure in every respect. {9.2.33}
“He should then recite the following as he wishes:
“Oṁ, Please remain in my body! Hūṁ svāhā![1073] {9.2.40}
“He should recite:
“Oṁ, seize, seize the evil ones and depart! Hūṁ phaṭ![1076] {9.2.42}
“He should snap his fingers three times and dismiss the outer deities.”[1077] {9.2.43}
This concludes the second part of the ninth chapter, about the offering of oblation.
Part 3
“I do not know that, so please tell me, O Great Bliss!” {9.3.4}
The Blessed One said:
“Alternatively, to do the painting, one should commission a painter who has been given the samaya. Such a sublime practitioner should paint Tārā, Mārīcī, or Parṇaśāvarī on cloth from a fallen war hero, cloth that wrapped a corpse, cloth used during childbirth, cloth stained with human blood, or cloth soaked with menstrual blood. {9.3.6}
“This is the procedure to follow. Staying at a secret location, one should have a well-focused person do the painting; he should paint the frightening form[1080] with a brush of a corpse’s hair, using the five colors as explained, mixed with olibanum, camphor, and other ambrosias, placed in a human skull.[1081] {9.3.7}
“First, the teacher, well focused, united in embrace with the consort (prajñā), adorned with all manner of jewelry, and abiding in union with the glorious Sampuṭa, should take off his clothes, while visualizing himself as wearing bone ornaments.[1082] {9.3.8}
“The wise should not have the painting done with leftover or impure materials.” {9.3.9}
[The goddess asked:]
“O Blessed One, if the paints are infused with olibanum (menstrual blood), how then would they not be impure?”[1083] {9.3.10}
The Blessed One said:
“The practitioner should thus place his personal consort (mudrā) to his left. She should have a beautiful face and fine figure, be compassionately disposed, be graced with beauty and youth, and be fond of the practitioner. One should consecrate the brush and give it to the painter. {9.3.18}
Part 4
“The mantra of Vajradhara[1097] (as sampuṭa) and the others is:
“Ara ara, jeṁ jeṁ! Recollect recollect! Caṭa! Vaṁ, hoḥ hoḥ! Hulu hulu! Rulu rulu! Hūṁ, jaḥ jaḥ! Ala ala! Hūṇu Hūṇu! Hraṁ hraṁ hraṁ! Hū taṁ, ghai ghai, yai yai! Ta ṭa, gho gho, ṣeṁ ṣeṁ, taṁ taṁ, ghe ghe, hondo hondo, do! Hūṁ hūṁ! Kaka kaka, kau kau kau, vaiṃ vaiṃ, kaiṃ kaiṃ, krauṁ krauṁ krauṁ, vaiṁ! Vajra vajra, vajrīṁ vajrīṃ, vaiḥ, kaiṁ kaiṃ kaiṁ, hūṁ! Bhyo bhyo bhyo![1098] {9.4.2}
“The mantra of Līlāgati[1099] is as follows:
“Ṭaki, hūṁ, jaḥ jaḥ jaḥ![1100] {9.4.3}
“The mantra of Hayagrīva is:
“Taḍava taḍava![1101] To the steed, the steed![1102] {9.4.4}
“The mantra of Yamarāja is:
“Hrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ, hrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ, ṣṭrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ, hrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ, hrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ, hrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ![1103] {9.4.5}
“The mantra of Tārā is:
“Hrīṁ hrīṁ, kuṁ hrīṁ, kuṁ hrīṁ, khe khe, kheṁ kheṁ kheṁ, padmaṃ padmaṃ, hrīṁ, padmaṃ padmaṃ padmaṃ, trīṁ trāṁ, trīṁ trāṁ, trīṁ trāṁ, hrīṁ hrīṁ hrīṁ, hrī taṁ, hrī taṁ, hrīṁ hrīṁ hrīṁ![1104]{9.4.6}
“I will now describe the characteristics of the small hand drum[1105] used for these mantras.
Then the Blessed One specified the following measurements:
“If the master plays the ḍamaru when agitated,[1112] the ḍākinīs will cry a torrent of tears. {9.4.15}
“[The following is a password song to get admitted to a gaṇacakra feast:]
“A special dance should be performed, along with gestures and singing: F.155.b
“Ka ka ka ka ka, hi hi hi hi, hīṁ hīṁ hīṁ hīṁ, hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ, hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ, hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ, hā hā hā hā, hā hā hā hā, hā hā hā hā, i hā hā, i hā hā, ḍā ḍā ḍā, jāṁ jāṁ jāṁ jāṁ, a i u, jaṁ jāṁ, iṁ jāṁ, iṁ jāṁ, iṁ iṁ, jeṁ jeṁ jeṁ, iṁ teṁ traṁ, hi hi hi hi, hīḥ hīḥ hīḥ, hi hi hi, hī hī hī, hī hī hī, hī hī hī, kajjaṃ, hi hī.[1123] {9.4.24}
Chapter 10
Part 1
Part 2
“Rejoicing at this event, the celestial siddhas will extend their congratulations.[1155] The gods from the Tuṣita Realm, the most eminent gods from places near and far, the divine and semi-divine sons, the celestial vidyādharas—all will bow in reverence, filling space as far as the realm of Akaniṣṭha.[1156] {10.2.9}
“With great devotion they will offer heaps of different kinds of flowers, rains of different fragrances, and different kinds of prime quality incense. Of what need would a detailed description of other offered items be to you? Whatever articles are worth offering in the three realms for merit to be gained, they will offer them.” {10.2.10}
This concludes the second part of the tenth chapter, called “The Worship and Homage on the Occasion of the Accomplishment of Great Bliss.”
Part 3
[The goddess asked:]
“Where does the man accomplished by means of a consort (vidyā) go, and where does he remain? I am not certain about this. Please tell me, O Great Bliss.” {10.3.1}
The Blessed One said:
“A man accomplished by means of a consort (vidyā) does not go anywhere, nor does he remain anywhere. He is the light of the triple universe, which is nondual and has no beginning, middle, or end. He is everywhere, he is omniscient, he is universal, and he is all things.[1157] He abides in the consciousness of all beings and is free of all negativity. Adorned with all good qualities, he is endowed with everything. He brings happiness,[1158] and is a peerless, perpetually arising[1159] lord and protector, free of conceptual thinking. Devoid of shape and color, he is the king[1160] beyond the purview of even the victorious ones. {10.3.2}
“In this way he is described by yogins using the comparisons just given. He alone fulfills the interests of every sentient being. {10.3.4}
“Even though he is devoid of conceptual thought, he displays the great deeds, including (1) birth which is his final one, (2) leaving home,[1162] (3) the playful exploits of his childhood, (3) leaving his household, (4) the solitary peregrinations of a religious mendicant,[1163] (6) reaching the spot of the vajra seat, (7) defeating Māra,[1164] (8) attaining an unequaled state of perfect awakening,[1165] (9) giving instructions that constitute the turning of the wheel of Dharma, (10) enjoying the descent from the realm of gods, (11) performing a great variety of miraculous feats, (12) subjugation of the elephant Dhanapāla, (13) inducting virtuous people into purity,[1166] (14) refuting opposing doctrines, (15) blameless subsistence by the alms bowl,[1167] (16) taming the inhabitants of the triple universe, (17) becoming the crown prince of bodhisattvas,[1168] (18) fulfilling the great aim of parinirvāṇa,[1169] and (19) becoming the Dharma king of the three realms. {10.3.5}
“So it is, O sons of the noble lineage! He who is accomplished will in this way display, employing illusory forms, the marvelous play of a buddha for the benefit of all beings—the play extraordinary in many ways and said to be like a dream.”[1170] {10.3.6}
This concludes the third part of the tenth chapter called “The Buddha’s Magical Transformations.”Part 4
[The goddess said:]
“You have previously mentioned, O lord, a homa offering consisting of feces, urine, menstrual blood, fish, and meat. {10.4.1}
The Blessed One said:
“These five have been taught by the buddhas, the most eminent of sages, as the fivefold effluence of feces, urine, semen, phlegm, and menstrual blood. He should observe[1181] the samayas through mental cultivation in full, based on embracing the four elements. He should always ingest these samaya substances.[1182] {10.4.19}
Then, everyone in the audience—the yogins and yoginīs, the eighty crores of ḍākas and ḍākinīs, many bodhisattvas and the numerous congregations of tathāgatas—pleased and with minds filled with joy, obtained the gnosis of all the tathāgatas completely. All the great bodhisattva beings, headed by Vajragarbha, and all the gods, nāgas, yakṣas, and gandharvas—the entire assembly—rejoiced at the words of the Blessed One. {10.4.21}
This concludes the tenth great sovereign chapter of the glorious “Emergence from Sampuṭa,” the emergence that is the foundation of all tantras.
Colophon
Tibetan Colophon
This king of tantras was translated by the paṇḍita Gayādhara and the great personage Drokmi Śākya Yeshé. Based on this, the venerable omniscient Butön subsequently [re-]wrote it by filling in the gaps and expertly revising it in consultation with Indian manuscripts of the basic text and commentaries.
Notes
In the Tib. (73b.7–74a.1) this sentence reads, “What emerges from it signifies what is called the ‘meditative absorption of sampuṭa’ ” (/de las byung ba ni yang dag par spyor ba’i ting nge ’dzin ces bya ba’i don to/).
backI.e., as being of the nature of insight and skillful means.
backInstead of “sampuṭa,” the Tib. (74a.1–2) has “emergence from sampuṭa” (yang dag par sbyor ba las byung ba).
backThe translation of this verse follows one of several possible interpretations. Different variant readings and multiple possible interpretations of each of these readings are interpreted differently in different commentaries on the Sampuṭa, and, differently again, in the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra to which this passage can be traced.
back“Before one became a practitioner” is missing from the Tib. of this verse (74b.2). Instead, “practioner” (yo gis) appears in the Tibetan as an agent in the verse that follows.
backInstead of “equality,” the Tibetan Degé version (74b.3) has “characteristic” (mtshan nyid). N and H, however, read “equality” (mnyam nyid), as does Comm1.
backThe translation of the last half-stanza is influenced by the Tib. (74b.3), which has “A wise person … will plant the seed in the field, and the like, of the empty body” (/lus kyi stong pa’i zhing sogs la/ /blo dang ldan pas sa bon gdab/).
backTranslated based on the Tib. (74b.4), which interprets mātra as “mother” (ma mo).
backComm1 (37) explains that the “fifth” refers to the avadhūtī at the center of the four channels that make up the crown cakra.
backThis highly ambiguous sentence is outside the regular verse structure and is omitted in some sources. In defiance of the Tib., one could perhaps link it to the following verse and interpret it as, “The seed syllable of fire should be applied to the opening of Brahmā.”
backThis sentence is omitted in most Skt. sources; it is also missing from the Tibetan translation. However, Comm1 (39) reflects this reading, but instead of “crown,” has “palate” (rkan).
backSkt. cetasā. Comm1 (39) interprets this as “with the nature of the mind of the main deity.”
backThe Skt. word used here for serving (sev), also means “attending on with sex.”
backI.e., the buddha families.
backInstead of “emancipation,” the Tib. (75b.4) has “freedom from obscurations” (sgrib bral).
backA play on words—“entry” is in Skt. viśana (and in the Tibetan khyab ’jug).
back“Śiva” means in Skt. “auspicious one.”
backA play on words—one who has destroyed the afflictions is called in Skt. bhagnavān.
backAlliteration in Skt.—“jananī (mother) … janayati (gives birth) … jagajjanam (to the people of the world).
backA play on words in Skt.—the words for both “alotted inheritance” (vibhāga) and “sister” (bhaginī) share a common derivation.
backA play on words again—the Skt. word rañjana means both delighting someone and dyeing cloth.
backRajakī is the Skt. word for a dyeing/washing woman, derived from the root rañj (to dye/to delight).
backA play on words again.
backComm1 (52) glosses this as the “innate great bliss experienced when the guru is given initiation, … or such that can only be experienced from [sexual] union with the mudrā.”
backThe Tib. (D: ’ching ba, “to be bound”; Y, K: mching ba) should be corrected to ’chi ba (“to die”); Comm1 (52) corroborates.
backIn the Tib. (77a.1) this sentence includes the initial phrase from the next sentence: “These were the four bases of miraculous power, which are associated with the realm of desire” (/’di rnams ni rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi ste/ ’dod par spyod pa dang bcas pa’o/).
backIn the Tib., the last part of this sentence (the first part in the Skt.) seems to belong to the preceding sentence. See the previous note.
backInstead of “no existence or nonexistence,” the Tib. (77b.4) has “motiviated by the belief in freedom from existence” (srid pa dang bral ba’i lta bas kun nas bslang ba).
backInstead of “no distinction between virtuous and nonvirtuous,” the Tib. (77b.4) has “motivated by the belief that what is taught in scripture is reasonable” (rigs su lung bstan pa’i lta bas kun nas bslang ba).
backThis sentence in the Tib. (77b.5) is, “Thoughts motivated by desire, hatred, delusion, and other afflictions are incorrect thoughts” (’dod chags dang/ zhe sdang dang/ gti mug dang/ nyon mongs pas kun nas bslang ba’i rtog pa de ni yang dag pa’i rtog par mi ’gyur ro/).
backInstead of “through which arise an abundance” the Tib. (77b.6) has “motivated by an abundance” (phung pos kun nas bslang ba).
backInstead of “strictly follows the tenets of virtue,” the Tib. Degé version (78a.3–4) reads “is meek and gentle with respect to the tenets of virtue” (yon tan yang dag pa’i chas zhum zhing dul ba), whereas versions Y, K, and N read “is meek and gentle with respect to the qualities (chos instead of chas) of virtue.”
backInstead of “when it does not involve envy of the gains of others,” the Tib. (78a.4: ’jig rten pha rol gyi dbang phyug dang ldan pa) seems to reflect the reading paralokaiśvaryayuktatā (“when it is endowed with the mastery of the other world”), similar to the reading paralokeśvarīyuktatā found in some manuscripts.
backThe subtle channels are here personified by being given feminine names and referred to, on occasion, as “ḍākinī.”
backThe Tib. (79a.1) begins this list with “the four applications of mindfulness, the four thorough relinquishments, the four bases of miraculous powers” (/dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi dang/ yang dag par spang ba bzhi dang/ rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi dang/).
backThe last half-stanza is missing from the Tib. (79a.7).
backPresumably, even if the tathāgatas chant together, each uses the first person singular.
backInstead of “single, condensed summary,” the Tib. (79b.7) has “the essence of the singular body” (gcig pa’i sku’i/ /snying po). Comm1, however, corroborates the Skt. reading.
backThe Tib. (80a.2) seems to be saying, “It is the very producer of effects. / It is precisely what cultivates qualities and what possesses qualities” (/’bras bu rnams la byed pa nyid/ /chos dang chos can sgom pa nyid/).
backThe Tibetan Degé is missing “hatred”; Y, K, N, and H include “hatred” (ldang).
backIn the Tib. (80a.7–80b.1), this half-stanza seems to say, “Once transformed by wisdom and means / The afflictions will become conviction / assurance” (/thabs dang shes rab sprul pa’i rgyus/ /nyon mongs rnams ni yid ches ’gyur/); “conviction / assurance” (yid ches) reflects another conceivable translation of pratyaya.
backThis half-stanza is not very clear. Possibly, the intended meaning is that, when the fire of the afflictions burns the afflictions themselves, it can be enjoyed as a divine dance.
backIn the versions of the Tib. translation consulted (D 80b.4), the Skt. phrase atispaṣṭena (“very clearly,” Tib. shin tu gsal bas) is joined with the following verse in its initial line.
backIn light of variation observed in the preceding note, the Tib. verse seems to read, “What is praised quite clearly / By the buddhas in this world / Is a pure triangle, shaped like the Sanskrit letter e / At whose center is the delightful evam” (/gang zhig shin tu gsal bas ni/ /’dzam gling de ’dir sangs rgyas bsngags/ /gru gsum dag pa e yi dbyibs/ /dbus su dgyes pa’i e vaM yin/).
backThese are the eight groups of letters of the Sanskrit alphabet.
backThe Tib. (81a.2–3) for this half-stanza is “All those great powers / Which are accomplished while taking pleasure in the fifty [letters] within one’s own abode” (/gang zhig thams cad mthu che ba/ /rang gi khyim du lnga bcu ’dod pa dang ldan par ’grub bo/).
backIt seems that the vocative form, bhagavan, functions in this and the next paragraphs as an instrumental (by the Blessed One). The Degé (81b.4) and most other Tibetan versions consulted seem to say, “What would be amiss about the Blessed One not realizing it? (mi rtogs).” N and H read “it/that” (de) instead of “not” (mi), thus more closely reflecting the Sanskrit.
backComm1 (136) describes “form” as the major and minor marks of perfection.
backWe have a play on words here—bhagavān and bhagnavān are different in meaning, but similar in sound.
backThe Tib. (82a.6) is missing “queens”; here it simply reads “vajra.”
backIn the Tib. (82a.7) this sentence is, “Since it is insight that destroys primary and subsidiary afflictions, insight is called bhaga” (shes rab gang gis nyon mongs pa dang/ nye ba’i nyon mongs pa ’joms pa de’i phyir shes rab bha gar gsungs te/).
backInstead of “are ineffable, O Vajrapāṇi,” the Degé Tib. (82b.2) has “were not spoken by Vajrapāṇi” (/lag na rdo rjes ma bshad pa). However, Y, J, K, N, and C all reflect the vocative “O Vajrapāṇi” (lag na rdo rje).
backThe words “repeatedly put” are missing from the Tib. (82b.2–3).
backThe Tib. (82b.2–3) reads the last two sentences together: “By means of these letters, beings set in front of themselves the goal of reaching the other shore of the ocean of saṃsāra, so distant, and, with a mind in which that [goal] so set has vanished, attain in this birth the state of awakening, or the state of Vajrasattva.” This reads Y and K, “that [goal] set in front” (mngon du mdzad pa de), instead of the Degé, “that which is not set in front” (mngon du ma mdzad pa de). Following the Tibetan translation, particularly the reading of Y and K, it is also possible to interpret the Sanskrit tallīnacittena accordingly as “with a mind in which that has disappeared / dissolved,” with “that” referring to the “goal” (lakṣaṃ) of awakening.
backThe Tibetan differs here and is connected to the previous line with a continuative particle te. One possible interpretation would be: “as those for whom the inconceivable state is not something attained are bliss-gone ones, buddhas” (gang dag bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i gnas ma thob pa de ni bde bar gshegs pa ste sangs rgyas yin no/).
backThe Tibetan parses this and the previous sentence differently. One possible interpretation would be: “As those for whom the inconceivable state is not something attained are bliss-gone ones, buddhas. Those who set it as a goal are taught to be ‘beings’ ” (gang dag bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i gnas ma thob pa de ni bde bar gshegs pa ste sangs rgyas yin no/ /mtshan gzhi mtshon par byed pa ni sems dpar yang dag par gsungs te/).
backSevitamātra, here rendered as “self-indulgence,” is in the Tib. (82b.4) interpreted as “indulging in anger.”
back“Four” is missing from the Tib. (83a.2–3).
backThe Tib. (83a.3) reads “When, in his pursuit of the path of mantra, / One is initiated by an adept.”
back(/sngags kyi lam gyi rjes btsal bas/ /gang tshe mkhas pas dbang bskur ba/). The Tib. (83a.3) reflects “the lord of infinite world spheres” (’jig rten khams ni mtha’ yas bdag), which is also the reading in the Prajñopāyaviniścayasiddhi, the source text for this passage. Comm1 (141), however, reflects, “the goddess of…” (dbang ma).
backComm1 (141) glosses samaya (dam tshig) as “the experience of great bliss” (bde ba chen po nyams su myong ba).
backThe Degé Tibetan (83a.6) mistakes khyad mdzad pa (Skt. viśeṣitā) for khyab mdzad pa. Y, K, N, and H all correctly have khyad instead.
backThe meaning of this verse is not very clear. Even though the Tib. reflects the reading vidyādhara (rig pa ’dzin pa), this could be vidyāvara (the lover of the consort (vidyā), as the letters dh and v look identical in some manuscripts. The Tib. (83b.3), joining this verse with the last pāda of the previous verse, has “All wisdom consorts who have been purified [in that way] / Should be offered, once the knowledge-holder and his many companions, / In a place free of disturbances, / Have adorned themselves / With sandal, garments, garlands, and the like” (/gang zhig sbyangs pa’i rig ma kun/ /nye bar ’tshe ba med gnas su/ /rig pa ’dzin pa ’khor mang po/ /de nas tsan dan gos phreng sogs/ rnam par brgyan nas dbul bar bya/).
backInstead of “inanimate,” Degé (83b.7) has bstan (teaching), but Y, J, K, and C have brtan (inanimate).
backThe root text uses code words when referring to the five samaya substances listed in this verse. For “vajra water,” the Tib. (84a.6) has “water of the lord of the families” (rigs kyi bdag po’i chu). There seems to be some confusion with the source texts, as semen is listed twice, and feces is missing.
backThe Degé (84a.7) is missing “before,” and has “which” (gang) instead. However, other versions (Y, J, K, N, C, and H) all have “before” (gong).
backAccording to Comm2 (816), “his own yoginī” refers to “one’s own karmamudrā,” whereas “wisdom consort described before” refers to consorts “born from mantra, born from [sacred] fields, born from karma, or born from wisdom.”
backIf the words “olibanum” and “camphor” in the last pāda were translated according to their coded meanings, this pāda would read “Should be cared for by means of a sexual act and semen.”
backInstead of “through love-making,” the Degé (84b.1) has “through teaching / showing” (bstan pas), but Y, K, N, and H have the proper “through serving / making love” (bsten pas).
backThe meaning of this half-stanza is not completely clear; the Tib. (84b.4) seems to be saying “The joy of sexual bliss is ascertaining everything. / Its pleasure is the means leading to omniscience” (/shin tu bde dga’ thams cad nges/ /de bde thabs las thams cad rig/).
backInstead of “high above,” the Tib. has “see” (mthong), with no variant readings. However, given the Skt., this should perhaps be corrected to mthon, which means “high / lofty.”
backThe Tib. (85a.2) has “I am like a completed vehicle” (/theg pa rdzogs pa lta bur bdag/).
backIt seems that the words niravagrahacittena (“with the mind free of expectation”), which are at the beginning of the next verse, should be read with this verse, as reflected in the Tib. (/re ba med pa’i sems kyis ni/).
backThe Degé (85a.3) rather has “With the intent of attracting the disciple” (/slob ma bsdu ba’i bsam pa’i phyir/). However, two other versions (Y, K) corroborate the Skt. “For the sake of removing the disciple’s grasping” (/slob ma’i zhen pa bzlog pa’i phyir/). Yet two other versions (J, C) have “For the sake of removing the disciple’s feebleness / negativity” (/slob ma’i zhan pa bzlog pa’i phyir/).
backPossibly this verse is about the fourth initiation, which is given by speech alone.
backThe Tib. (Degé, 85b.1) adds at the beginning of this sentence “It is taught” (gdams).
backInstead of “Vajradhara,” the Tib. (Degé, 85b.1) has “Lord of the families” (rigs kyi bdag po).
backThe trunk of a plantain tree is empty inside.
backThis half-stanza in the Tib. (86a.1) reads “Insight, on the level without reference, and / Great compassion, without reference” (/dmigs med gnas su shes rab dang/ /dmigs med snying rje chen po nyid/).
backThe translation “offers praise” (stod par byed) is based on the Tibetan translation, versions Y, J, K, N, C, and H. The Degé (86a.3) appears to read “makes void / empties” (stong par byed).
backThe Tib (86a.7) has “[This] is said to be equanimity, as an object of reflection” (mnyam nyid bsam bya nyid du gsungs).
back“On the ocean’s shore” is missing from the Tib.
backThe Tib. also has here (87a.2) “a temple of the omniscient one” (thams cad mkhyen pa’i gnas).
backThe translation of this sentence is influenced by the Tib., as the Skt. grammar is flawed.
backThe Tib. (87a.5) only has “enjoy,” literally “devour” (bza’ bar bya), but the Skt. word used, bhaj, means both “partake of / enjoy” (also carnally), and “serve / honor/ revere.”
backOnly three, however, were listed here.
backAs the commentaries make clear, this passage is about using “negative” emotions skillfully.
backComm1 is clear that the term tiryak (horizontal), which the Tib. translators (87a.7–87b.1) render as “animals” (byol song dag), refers primarily to prostitutes, and secondarily to the yoga of inner warmth, i.e., Caṇḍālī (gtum mo) practice without consort.
backInstead of “the best of lotuses” (padmavara), the Tib. has “the lotus bearer,” reflecting the reading padmadhara° (in many manuscripts, the letters dh and v are indistinguishable).
backComm2 (836) explains that “the nature of them all” refers to the nature of “all lords” (not just Vajrasattva).
backThe Skt. word varṇa can mean both “letter” and “color.”
backThe Tibetan (88a.1) has “seed syllables and forms, / and the order of hand gestures and shapes” (yig ’bru gzugs dang ni/ /phyag rgya dbyings kyi chog rim dang/).
backThe Tib. (88a.4) includes “according to procedure” (cho ga bzhin du).
backThe Tib. renders rasa as “taste,” implying perhaps articles of food, but rasa can also mean alchemical compounds used to prolong one’s life. The Yogaratnamālā (Farrow 1992), though, a commentary on the Hevajra where this passage can be traced to, interprets rasa as “honey.”
backInstead of “pericarp,” the Degé (88b.7) and other versions have “second” (gnyis pa). Only two versions (N, H) have “pericarp” (ze ’bru). Comm1 has the moon disk “in the center of a lotus.”
back“The first,” i.e., the one in the center.
backThe Tib. (89a.3) has, “He should radiate multiple, blazing cloud-like lights / Which are the samaya [aspects] of buddhas/” (/sprin gyi ’od ’bar du ma ni/ /sangs rgyas dam tshig spro bar bya/). Comm1 describes these light-clouds as the “nature of buddhas.”
backIn the Tib. (89a.3–4) this half-stanza reads, “[While] in union with the goddess, / He should then visualize the consort (mudrā)” (/lha mo lhan cig ldan par ni/ /de nas phyag rgya bsgom par bya/).
backPresumably, starting from the eastern petal.
backThe Tib. (89a.5) has “trident” (rtse gsum) instead.
back“He should draw her on the southern petal” is missing from the Tib. (89a.5). This information, however, is useful for general clarity.
back“On the northern petal” is missing from the Tib. (89a.5).
back“On the western petal” is missing from the Tib. (89a.5).
backInstead of “staff,” the Tib. (89a.6) has “noose” (zhags pa).
back“He should draw her in the northeastern quarter” is missing from the Tib. (89a.6).
back“In the northwestern corner he should draw” is missing from the Tib. (89a.6).
back“He should draw her in the southwestern quarter” is missing from the Tib., which has instead (89a.7) “He should correctly draw her a full cubit in size” (/khru gang tsam du yang dag bri/).
back“He should draw in the southeastern corner” is missing from the Tib. (89a.7).
backComm2 (842) states that “the single syllable” is hūṁ, the “heart mantra of the Tathāgata.”
backThe wheel has eight divisions with the hub in the center being the ninth.
backComm2 (843) gives the word order as “oṁ, such and such person, tāre tuttāre, such and such person, please protect, please protect, svāhā.”
backThe Degé (90a.3) has ture (tu re) in this position.
backThe Degé (90a.3) has tāre (tA re) in this position.
backInstead of “dull-witted,” the Degé (90a.6) has “learned” (chub pa), but this should perhaps be corrected to “small / meager” (chung ba), in accordance with several other versions (Y, K, N, H).
backI.e., the wheel described at the beginning of this section.
backOṁ, Wisdom, Great Wisdom, hūṁ svāhā!
backThe Tib. (91a.3) has bruṁ.
backBoth the Skt. and Tib. have “draw / paint” instead of “visualize”; the passage, however, seems to be about visualization.
backThe Degé (91b.5) has “Through which beings will be tamed / By wicked and violent means” (/gang gis gdug pa drag po yis/ /sems can ’dul bar ’gyur ba yi/). Two other versions (N, H), however, have “Through which wicked and violent beings / Will be tamed” (/gang gis gdug pa drag po yi/ / sems can ’dul bar ’gyur ba yi/). All Tib. versions are missing “all.”
backThe words “ḍāka” and “ḍākinīs” being compounded in the Skt. text, it is impossible to tell if “ḍāka” should be singular or plural. However, as all the deities described in this section, apart from Heruka himself, are female, “ḍāka” probably stands for Heruka and was rendered as singular.
backThe Tib. (91b.7) has “You with a mind of compassion” (snying rje’i yid).
backIn the Degé (92a.2) the two syllables are aṁ and hāṁ (AM dang hAM). Y and K have oṁ and hūṁ (oM dang hUM). N and H have aṁ and hūṁ (aM dang hUM).
backThe Degé (92a.3) has oṁ (oM). Other versions (Y, J, K, N, H) have aṁ (aM).
backThe Degé (92a.3) has paṁ (paM) instead of puṁ.
backThis line is missing from the Tib.
backThis could be referring to carpenter bees, whose species, those that are found in India, are blue-black.
backThere is some ambiguity here, as para can mean “supreme,” or, when it is at the end of a compound, “engaged in.” The Tib. (92b.2) reflects the meaning “supreme.”
backIt is not clear what a “wind-cloth” is. The Tib. (92b.4–5) has “fabric / cloth of wind” (rlung gi gos).
backAfter this verse, the Tib. (92b.5) has a verse for Ḍombī: “Ḍombī is light blue in color. / She holds a vajra scepter and a goad [in her first two hands]. / With her [other] left [hand] she holds a skull cup, / And with her other [right hand] she holds a wind-cloth” (/g.yung mo sngo dang dkar ba’i mdog/ /rdo rje dang ni lcags kyu ’dzin/ /g.yon pas thos pa ’dzin pa ste/ /gzhan pas rlung gi gos ’dzin ma/).
back“Bear” is the translation of the conjectured ṛkṣa, in place of the extant reading bhikṣu (monk).
backSkt., svabhāvaśuddhāḥ sarvadharmāḥ svabhāvaśuddho ’ham | vajraśuddhāḥ sarvadharmāḥ vajraśuddho ’ham | yogaśuddhāḥ sarvadharmāḥ yogaśuddho ’ham.
backComm2 (849) interprets “the union” as “the union of illusion and emptiness.”
backThe Tib. (94a.1) has punar (yang) modifying the act of projecting.
backA vajra goad is a goad with a vajra-shaped handle.
backThe Tib. is inconsistent in interpreting the Skt. preta, sometimes as a “corpse” and sometimes as a “hungry ghost.” However, as a “thing” to sit on, a corpse is more likely.
backComm2 (850) glosses this as “ ‘Pledges (pl.) should be displayed’ means that the five ambrosias should be placed in the center of the skull cup in front of Jñānaḍākinī first.”
backThis verse explains, in cryptic terms, the derivation of the syllable hūṁ. The Tib. (94b.7) parses it as, “By wind and fire, the seventh syllable / Is impelled by the vajra seed syllable. / By adding to it the anunāsika and the sound [ū] / It is called the torrential rain” (/rlung dang me yis bdun pa’i don/ /rdo rje’i sa bon gyis ni bskul/ /thig le sgras ni mnan pas ni/ /rgyun gyi char ni zhes byar gsungs/).
backThe translation of this half-stanza reflects the interpretation found in Comm2 (851). The Tib. (95a.2), however, has “Then the great wind of the gods / And the meditator, according to the sequence of emergence” (/lha rnams kyi ni rlung chen dang/ /ji ltar sgom pa po ’byung ba’i/).
backThe Yogaratnamālā (a commentary on the Hevajra Tantra) explains that this letter is a.
backComm2 (853) states that this refers to all “fifteen” goddesses, who arise from their own “individual” (Skt. pṛthak, Tib. so so) seed syllables.
backInstead of “the final destruction,” the Degé (95b.6) has “fear” (’jigs pa), but other versions (Y, K, N) have “dissolution / destruction” (’jig pa, Skt. pralaya).
backThe Tib. (95b.6) has “white and blue.”
backComm2 (854) glosses this as “Khecarī in the south, whose body is half blue and half yellow, and Bhūcarī in the north, whose body is half red and half blue.”
backComm2 (854) states that “Nairātmyā expresses mirth, the inner four goddesses express anger, and the outer goddesses express sensuality.”
backIt is not clear what tat stands for, whether “him,” “her,” or “it.” Possibly it is “him,” i.e., the Heruka in the center of the maṇḍala.
backIt is not clear how the maṇḍala should be provided (samāyukta) with four threads.
backIn the Tib. (96a.5) this line is “With its setting of different circles” (/de’i ’khor lo so so’i skabs/).
backThe Degé (96a.4) has “situated at the top of vajra pillars” (/rdo rje ka ba’i rtser gnas pa/). Other versions (Y, J, K, N, C, H) have “inside the [precinct of the] vajra pillars” (rdo rje ka ba’i nang logs su).
backComm2 (856) glosses “vow” as the general “knowledge holder (vidyādhara) vow.”
backIn the Tib. (Degé, 96b.6–97a.1) this paragraph is set in verse.
backSkt., oṁ cittaprativedhaṃ karomi.
backThe Tib. (97a.1) has “a pristine circle of the group (gaṇacakra)” (/tshogs kyi dkyil ’khor che dag pa/). The discrepancy must have arisen by confusing the Sanskrit ghana (cloud) with gaṇa (group).
backInstead of “dejection,” the Tib. (97a.2) has “hesitation / doubt” (yid gnyis).
backIt is difficult to conceive of a disk having corners; having three corners suggests a superimposed pattern, such as a triangle.
backInstead of “to expand,” the Tib. (97a.4) has “to be elated / enraptured” (dga’ bar byed pa), however this could easily be a scribal error of “to fill” (dgang bar byed pa).
backIn the Tib. this paragraph is in verse.
backSkt., oṁ bodhicittam utpādayāmi.
backIn the Tib. this paragraph is in verse.
backSkt., oṃ tiṣṭha vajra.
backIn the Tib. this sentence is in verse.
backSkt., oṁ vajrātmako ’ham.
backThe Tib. (97b.4) has, “The vajra is pristine selflessness” (/rdo rje bdag med yang dag ’gyur/). Comm2 (857), however, agrees with the Skt. (rdo rje’i bdag nyid).
backSkt., oṁ yathā sarvatathāgatās tathāham.
backComm2 (859) says that this mantra should be bhrūṁ, the syllable that comprises the four elements, the seed of Vairocana.
backIn the Tib. the section from “A sword and a goad” up to this point is in prose.
backThe text does not make it clear how this “outer circle” differs from the previous one; this one is perhaps outside the previous one.
backInstead of “mother,” the Tib. has “goddess.”
backFor “Vajrasphoṭā” (Thunderclap), the Tib. has “Vajra Chain” (rdo rje lcags sgrog ma).
backThe Degé (99a.5) also has hrīḥ, but other versions (Y, J, K, C) have hī (hi’i).
backThe Degé (99a.5) also has hrīḥ, but other versions (Y, J, K, N, C) have hri.
backThe Degé (99a.5) has ho.
backThe Degé (99a.5) has gī (gI). Y and K have ki, J and C have gai, N has gī.
backThe Degé (99a.6) has ji (dzi).
backThe Degé (99a.6) has u.
backThe Degé (99a.6) has e.
backThe Degé (99a.6) has ai.
backIt is not clear who “the king of clouds” is.
backIt is not clear who “the lord of wind” is.
backThis passage is not very clear, but according to Comm2 (862), it contains a reference to the story of the subjugation of Rudra and the other gods by the Buddha, who “arranged their seats, confounded them, and then enjoyed their consorts, before restoring them, returning their consorts, and establishing them as protectors.”
backThere are two versions of the ardhaparyaṅka posture, and this one seems to be the standing / dancing variety. It is not clear from the context how one should “press down on” one’s left thigh. Comm2 (863) interprets this to mean “one presses the right hand, which holds the blazing vajra scepter, on one’s left thigh, while dancing in ardhaparyaṅka posture.”
backThe Tib. (99b.5) has the highly opaque, “One should not relish renown” (/grags pa nye bar mi za ste/). This could reflect an ante correctionem reading in one of the manuscripts—pauruṣe nopabhuñjet (one should not revel in one’s manliness). Comm2 (863), however, seems to support our adopted reading by interpreting it as a reference to the Buddha’s taking the gods as his mount and subjugating them: “He destroyed the pernicious ones in the entourage, such as Brahmā and the like, taming them with hūṁ a la la ho, then abducted their consorts, returned them, and established the gods as protectors in the charnel ground.”
backThis line is highly ambiguous. Very likely some text is missing here. The Skt. just says “he gives,” which seems to suggest that Brahmā, who is mentioned two lines above, will give whatever he is asked for. The Tibetan (99b.5), however, interprets this as “He should also give the scintillation / Of different [colored] light rays, radiating all around, / Composed of clouds of buddhas” (/kun du ’od ser sna tshogs kyi/ /sangs rgyas sprin dang mnyam pa ’dis/ /spro ba yang ni sbyin par bya/), thus linking this statement with the first section of the next verse. The Tib. then connects the rest of the verse as follows: “If the practitioner meditates in that way / He will quickly attain accomplishment” (/de ltar rnal ’byor pas bsgoms na/ /dngos grub myur du thob par ’gyur/).
backThe Tib. (99b.6) and Comm2 (863–4) indicate that these are “verbal signs,” perhaps code words.
backWhenever code words of the secret language are used in this and the following three verses, the actual meaning is here given in parentheses; the words in parentheses are not part of the original.
backThis and the following three verses are simply transliterated into the Tib., with significant variations between the Kangyur editions.
back“Four ingredients”: when this term is used in its conventional meaning, it refers to sandal, aloeswood, saffron, and musk.
backThe BHS grammar and the meaning of this statement are not clear. The Tib. (100a.2–3) has, rather cryptically, “The practitioner should enthusiastically engage in ‘uttering the signs,’ when these are seen” (’di rnams bltas nas rnal ’byor pas mtshan ma gsungs pa zhes bya ba la spro bar bya’o).
backUp to here the list corresponds to Sanderson (1998) (Laghusaṃvaratantra in “The Śaiva sources of the Buddhist Tantras of Śaṃvara,” Handout 4, Trinity Term, 1998).
backThe number “3” next to the syllable kā in the Skt. text probably indicates that it is three measures long.
backThe list as given here, considering the many and wide-ranging variations across the sources, should not be regarded as definitive.
backInstead of “outer,” the Tib. (100a.3) once again has “verbal / vocal” (ngag gi).
backBhavabhaṭṭa’s commentary on Laghuśaṃvara 22.5 explains that potaṃgī (in Chapter 7 spelled potāṃgī) is an “eye gesture.” In the Degé, this word, like other words in this section, is merely transliterated.
backThis entire section, from the beginning of this paragraph, is preserved in the Tib. (100a.4–100b.1) only in transliteration, with countless variant readings across editions. Recording these would be a herculean task with dubious benefit. This section seems to be based on Chapter 24 of the Laghuśaṃvara Tantra. While here we only have a list, in the Laghuśaṃvara the meanings are given too. The same list of code words with their meanings explained is also found below in Part 1 of Chapter 7. Considering the many and wide-ranging variations across the sources, the version presented here should not be regarded as definitive.
backThe meaning of this line is not clear. The Degé (100b.3) has “attracts” (sdud pa), which is one of several possible meanings of the Skt. saṃharati.
backInstead of “brings ruin,” the Degé (100b.3) has “frightens” (’jigs par byed pa); this however could be a corruption of ’jig par byed pa (to bring to ruin).
backInstead of “served,” the Degé (100b.3) has “taught,” but other versions (N, H) have “served” (bsten).
backIn the Degé (100b.3–4) this line reads, “The supreme ḍākinī is this very one” (/mkha’ ’gro mchog kyang de nyid yin/). The corresponding passage in the Laghuśaṃvara, instead of “congenial,” has “destroyer of negativity.”
backThe Degé (100b.5) takes the name Parāvṛttā to mean “She who transforms / transmutes” (yongs gyur ma).
backThe Degé (100b.6) has “yoginī” (rnal ’byor ma). Several other versions (Y, J, K, N, C, H) have “mother of yoga / yogins” (rnal ’byor ma mo).
back“Conch” is missing from the Degé (100b.6–7), possibly because the Tibetan translators seem to have taken “crocodile” to be an independent item in the list of seven.
backThe Degé (100b.7) has instead, “The yoga adept should always worship / According to this procedure of sumpuṭa” (yang dag sbyor ba’i cho ga ’di/ /rnal ’byor rig pas rtag tu mchod/). Other versions (N, H) have “mtshon,” “to indicate / reference / demonstrate” (lakṣayed). It would then read, “The yoga adept should always demonstrate / indicate this procedure of sampuṭa.”
backThis line in the Tib. (101a.1) is “With a shine / color like lotus petals” (/pad+ma’i ’dab ma lta bu’i ’od/).
backBhavabhaṭṭa, in his commentary on the corresponding passage in the Laghuśaṃvara Tantra, identifies Padmanarteśvara with Amitābha.
backThe Tib. (101a.2) has “dark blue and light gray body” (/lus ni sngo sangs skya ba dang/).
backThe Tib. (101a.2) has “and has a scent like blue lotus” (u t+pal sngon po’i dri dang mtshungs/).
backThe Tib. (101a.3) is missing “tranquil.”
backThe Tib. (101a.4–5) has “white flower” (me tog dkar po).
backThe Tib. (101a.7) has “always delights in [the company of] royalty (/rtag tu rgyal srid dga’ ba dang/).
backIt is not clear what saṃkula, here translated as “convergence of wrinkles,” means. The Skt. word and its Tib. (101b.2) translation just mean “accumulation / coming together / convergence.” The Tib. translation of the corresponding passage in the Laghuśaṃvara Tantra reflects the Skt. bindu, i.e., a circular mark on the forehead.
backThe term lāmā is missing from the Tib. (102a.1), as is a plural marker. It reads instead, “This is the characteristic of the queen of the world” (/’jig rten dbang phyug mtshan nyid yin/).
backIt is not clear who makes this “second” gesture, whether the yogin, or the woman, in response. The Tib. (102a.3) with its agentive / instrumental after “second” suggests that it might be the female companion.
backAs before, it is not clear who should make this “second” gesture.
backThe Tib. (102a.6) has “If she constantly longs for gandharvas” (/rtag tu dri za ’dod pa dang/).
backThe Tib. (102b.2) has “behind / hind end” (’jug ma), seemingly rendering pucchaṃ rather than pulakaṃ (horripilation).
backIt is not clear whether the batting of the left eyebrow is done in response, or as an alternative, to batting the right eyebrow. Later on, Comm1 (529) interprets the “two teachers” as “virtue and excellence in conduct.” Comm2 (958) interprets this as “homage and return homage” between the yogin and the yoginī.
backEven though this passage may be based on the corresponding passage in the Hevajra Tantra, the list of power places perhaps corresponds more closely to that found in the tantras of the Buddhist Cakrasaṃvara cycle, or, its predecessors, the Śaiva tantras of the Vidyāpīṭha.
backInstead of Pūrṇagiri, the Degé (103a.2) has kolla. Y, K, and N have ko la.
backThe Tib. (103a.3) lists Kaliṅga as an auxiliary kṣetra.
back“Pīlava” is the Tib. (103a.5) reading. The Skt. reads “auxiliary pīlava.”
backThe translation here is based on the Tib. (103a.5); in the Skt., Vindhyā is described as a pīlava.
backThis sentence seems rather dubious.
backThe Tib. (103a.7) has the same transliterated (ha ri).
backComm1 (354) explains that the eight trees just mentioned are inhabited by the eight goddesses. Comm2 (869) elaborates that the eight trees in the eight places are the places of abode of the eight guardian deities. The Degé (103a.6–7) translation, however, has no mention of goddesses, but follows the pattern “In X place dwells Y tree.”
backThe bhūmis Difficult to Conquer and Revealed seem to be listed in the Skt. text in a reverse order.
backThe Tib. (103b.1–2) connects the last two sentences as follows: “One should visualize, externally and internally, / What has been explained in the barbarous language of the yoginīs, / Using [the terms] pū, and so forth, / As the levels of the ten perfections” (/pha rol phyin bcu’i sa rnams la/ /rnal ’byor ma yi kla klo’i skad/ /pU la sogs pa ci gsungs pa/ /phyi dang nang du bsam par bya/).
backComm2 (871) explains that “killed by a banner” means “impaled as punishment.”
backComm1 (360) explains that the “seven-times-born one” is someone born seven times as a bodhisattva.
backThe meaning of this very cryptic verse is unclear, and the translation given here is a guess. The Skt. word varṇa can mean both “letter” (of the alphabet) or “color.” Comm2 (872–873) explains this as the entire visualization of the subtle body, with its cakras and channels, “from the crown to the ends of the feet,” which includes the “secret lotus of channels,” meaning, “the maṇḍalas of earth at the heart and fire at the navel.” Comm1 (364) explains these as the “four seats of self (crown-less), other (crown), union or suchness (the ‘end of sound’), and mantra, or secret (secret lotus),” respectively.
backComm2 (873) has, “The yogin replete with the four cakras brings these together with the meditative absorption of bliss.”
backThe last sentence in the Tib. (104a.1–2) is rather, “The state of reality, the secret meaning / Is transmitted from precisely such [a person], [and then] from one to another” (/gsang don de nyid dngos po yang/ /de nyid las ni gcig las gcig/). Comm2 (873–874) confirms that these two lines are about guru lineage and transmission “from one to another.”
backThis line is not very clear. Possibly the word “previous” refers to something “previously” mentioned in the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra, which is the source text for this passage. Comm1 (366) explains that this refers to the stages of visualizing Vajrasttva and to the emptiness of characteristics of all things, as taught previously in the text. Comm2 (874), however, states that this pertains to emptiness, as applied to all animate and inanimate things, which is illustrated previously in the context of the initiation.
backInstead of “He will win,” the Tib. has “One will be connected to” (sbyar).
backAccording to Comm1 (366), he is Vajrasattva.
backThe Tib. (104a.5) divides this verse into five lines instead of four, and puts the final line as the first of the next verse, which describes the lotus.
backThe meaning of this line is unclear.
backThese four syllables were “previously mentioned” not in the Sampuṭodbhava, but in the Catuṣpīṭha, from where this passage was taken.
backBoth the Skt. and the Tib. have “his mind,” meaning perhaps the mind of oneself as Vajrasattva.
backAccording to Bhavabhaṭṭa’s interpretation in his commentary on the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra (cf. Szanto 2012, p. 253) from where this passage was taken, instead of “objects and their properties,” we should understand lakṣalakṣaṇa° to mean “the aimer and his aiming.”
backComm2 (879) explains that this “gnosis-consciousness” is now to be visualized in the form a drop of bodhicitta at the five points [of the body].
backThe meaning of this verse is not clear. Comm2 (879–880) states that this verse marks the beginning of the section on the “meditation on the drop of bodhicitta,” and further elaborates, “A bindu of bodhicitta should be visualized at each of the five points [of the body]. First, the syllable kṣuṁ, which signifies bodhicitta, along with the syllables … that signify, respectively, the essence of feces, urine, flesh, and blood, should be placed in the heart inside of a stūpa with five layers, and imagined as radiating white light. Thereafter, those syllables should be placed on the head, throat, shoulders, heart, and navel.” This section states that it begins the discussion of the meditation upon the bodhicitta bindu, the stage of gnosis, after having concluded the teaching on the circle of deities, the stage of tantra, and the circle of syllables, the stage of mantra.
backComm2 (880) states that the “syllables” are either those of the five-layer stūpa just described, or hūṁ in the middle, surrounded by i, u, e, and o in the four directions.
backThe meaning of the last line is highly ambiguous. The Tib. (104b.7–105a.1) reads the last two lines as “Look into the drop of the state of abiding / And you will know all the properties of mind” (/go ’phang gnas kyi thig le ltos/ /sems kyi mtshan nyid thams cad shes/).
backHere the order of the two members of the compound is reversed.
backComm2 (1014) interprets “unwavering” (niṣkampam) as “free from the eighty natures,” and “untroubled” (nirupadravam) as “free from emotional and cognitive obscurations.”
backThe meaning of this verse is not clear. Possibly the theory of the three principles (tattva) of the Sāṃkhya school is being referred to here.
backThis is possibly a reference to experiences in the intermediate state after death, as Comm1 (376) and Comm2 (883) indicate.
backFor the explanation of the “crown-less,” please refer to verse 5.2.4 above, and its note.
backComm2 (883) explains that the “roots” are the three main channels converging at the navel.
backAgain, this seems to refer to the state of mind in the intermediate state.
backComm1 (376) explains that the “drop” is the nature of semen and is located in the head, and the “sound,” the nature of blood, is located in the navel.
backThe Degé (105a.7) has “night” (mtshan mo), as in “fireflies at night,” but other versions (Y, K, N) have “sign” (mtshan ma).
backThe Tib. (105a.7) has, “It will be seen as chick pea-shaped orbs of white powder” (/rdul dkar tsa na ka dbyibs su/).
backInstead of “the pleasures of the formless realm,” the Tib. (105b.1) has “everthing pertaining to divine forms” or “everything as divine forms” (/lha yi gzugs ni thams cad kyang/).
backComm1 (379) and Comm2 (884) state that “Vajrasattva” here is “Vajragarbha,” being addressed by the Buddha.
backAccording to Comm2 (884), the first half of this verse is said to be an instruction for practitioners of the “sudden type,” whereas the second half, along with the elaborate explanation that follows, is for practitioners of the “gradualist type.”
backInstead of “one’s own awakening,” the Tib. (105b.3) has “self-reflexive awareness” (rang rig).
backThis sentence is missing from the Skt.
backTib. (105b.6: /dag pas dug med byas na ni/) “Removing poison by purifying [them].”
backComm1 (408) states, “ ‘Practice of reality’ means that this is the exalted state of meditation on suchness.” The practice is done within this state, and is not a means toward it.
backThe presence of the phrase “by Anaṅgavajra” could be due to a redactional flaw that occurred in the process of compiling the Sampuṭa. The parts of earlier texts incorporated into the Sampuṭa were adapted to make their content appear to be part of the same (Sampuṭa) revelation spoken by the Blessed One. In the case of this passage, however, taken from Anaṅgavajra’s Prajñopāyaviniścayasiddhi, this seems to have been done inadequately, as the passage still includes the verbatim repetition of Anaṅgavajra’s claim of authorship, where he introduces his own work in the third person (“Now … will be explained … by Anaṅgavajra”).
backIn the Tib. (106a.5) the word “essential” qualifies “qualities” (snying po’i yon tan).
backTib. (106b.1), kun ’dar gyi ni spyod pa.
backComm2 (890) says that “gentle form” refers to Mañjuśrī and, concordantly, any other deity that accords with the propensities of beings.
backThe Tib. (106b.3), when considering multiple versions, is saying, “Everything known as accomplishment / Comes about through different practices accordingly taught. / Through the unexcelled practice / The unparalleled state of Samantabhadra is accomplished. / Thus, the vajra holder should surely know about this conduct—/ So said the Blessed One.” (/grub par grags pa ma lus pa/ /ci gsung rnam pa sna tshogs pa’i/ /spyod pas [N, H = pa] bla na med pa yi [N, H = yis]/ /kun bzang mtshungs pa med ’grub pas/ /spyod pa nges rig rdo rje can/ /bcom ldan ’das kyis bka’ stsal to/).
backThe Tib. (106b.6) has, “One should associate with those who have the mastery to live a life / free of all obscurations” (/sgrib pa kun las rnam par grol/ /’tsho bar dbang phyug ’du ba/).
backInstead of “engaged,” the Tib. (106b.7) has “capable” (nus).
backInstead of “ambrosia,” the Tib. (107a.5) has “essence” (snying po).
backComm2 (894) states that Vajra Mind (thugs rdo rje) is an epithet for the Blessed Vajradhara.
backInstead of “net of concepts,” the Tib. (107a.7) has “enemy that is conceptual thinking” (rtog pa’i dgra).
backThe meaning of this verse is not clear. The Tib. (107a.7–8) has, “They should be performed by one who knows mantra and is capable of reflection. / All things should be regarded / By means of the technique involving form / In which everything is indeed non-arising.” (/sngags shes bsam pa’i nus pas bya/ /dngos po kun la blta bar bya/ /nges par thams cad ma skyes pa’i/ /rnam pa yi ni rnal ’byor gyis/).
backComm1 (421) states that “vajra water” (rdo rje’i chu) is “urine.”
backThe Tib. has “Food edible to others” (gzhan pa’i ’jig rten za ba).
backThere are several variants in the Skt. original. The Tib. (107b.6) and Comm2 (896–897) interpret this passage as, “He should regard all beings—whether lowly or exalted, high caste or low caste, repulsive or wretched—as identical, like victorious ones.” (dman pas shin tu sgeg pa dang / rigs dang bcas pa dang / rigs med pa dang / sdug cing phongs pa’i sems can thams cad la gcig pa’i tshul gyis rgyal ba lta bur blta ba).
backThis section is slightly different in the Degé (108a.1–2), which seems to say: “The master, who is worshiped by the conquerors, is also the samaya of gnosis, in that through that being’s samaya, the variety of accomplishments is always conferred. Those bodhisattvas dwelling throughout the ten directions always worship this wise one. Thus, since whatever merit is possessed by perfectly awakened ones and bodhisattvas can be seen in the tips of the master’s pores, the bodhisattvas witness buddhas worshiping the master” (rgyal bas mchod pa’i slob dpon dang / ye shes kyi dam tshig ni sems can de dam tshig gis rtag tu dngos grub sna tshogs sbyin par byed de/ blo dang ldan pa la phyogs bcur rnam par gzhugs pa mchod par byed do / gang gi phyir rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas dang byang chub sems dpa'i bsod nams gang zhigs lob dpon gyi ba spu'i khung bu'i rtse mo la mthong ba de'i phyir byang chub sems dpas slob dpon la sangs rgyas kyis mchod pa byed pa mthong ngo).
backBased on a different Skt. variant, the translation could be, “One should accept what is being offered, without giving praise.”
backInstead of “post-initiatory observances” (caryā), the Degé (108a.4) has “the conduct of embrace” (āliṅganam, ’khyud pa’i spyod pa). N and H have “embrace or conduct” (’khyud pa’am spyod pa).
backThe “heat” is a sign that one’s practice is successful (Olga Serbaeva, personal communication).
backComm2 (902) glosses this line as, “The practitioner of nonconceptual bliss will be given the same taste of the means of blissful body and mind.”
backThe Degé (108b.6) has “The practitioner of indestructible reality” (de nyid mi shigs rnal ’byor). Comm2 (903) glosses “indestructible” as “ ‘lifeforce / prāṇa,’ which when brought into the central channel, stabilizes the meditative absorption of bliss-emptiness.” Both the Tib. and Comm2 possibly reflect a slightly different Skt. reading.
backThis interpretation is based on the Tib. (109a.1) which has “without needing to beg for them / seek them (i.e., effortlessly)” (ma bslangs par). Comm2 (904) concurs with “effortlessly.” The Skt. word, anābhogāt, suggests “without having to bow down.”
backThe Skt. here has a plural number, suggesting that not only the practitioner, but also people from his immediate surroundings will be benefited, as is often the case in this type of ritual (cf. Bhūtaḍāmara 15.8, 17.6, etc.).
backComm2 (904–905) interprets this as “training connected with the vows of the śrāvaka and bodhisattva.” Alternatively, it could be “vows of śrāvakas and bodhisattvas.”
backInstead of “necklace of bone,” the Tib. (109a.7) has “gem” (nor bu).
backComm2 (910) explains that she is consecrated by “arranging the deity on her body, and purifying her through the four aspects of approach and accomplishment.”
backThe Skt. of this sentence seems to be the same as the Skt. of the corresponding part in the Hevajra. The Tib. (109b.2), however, seems to have switched around the main and relative clauses; it has, “When endowed with the supreme vajra / One should sing a song” (/gang tshe rdo rje mchog ldan par/ /de tshe glu ni blang bar bya/).
backThe Tib. (109b.3) adds here, “Skillful means takes on the form of the ḍamaru.” (/thabs kyi gzugs kyis cang te’u/).
backComm2 (911) glosses “with the hair of a thief” as “with the hair of a corpse.”
backAccording to Comm2 (911), “that which comes from hūṁ” means “charnel ground bones that come from bodhicitta, on which the five buddhas are etched.”
backComm2 (911) explains this as “containing both human hair and a garland of bone.”
backThe Tib. (109b.6) has an additional line here: “With the khaṭvāṅga as the wisdom consort / He should perform the vajra recitation and visualization” (/kha TvAM ga ni she rab ste/ /rdo rje bzlas dang bsgom pa yin/).
backThere seems to be much confusion in this sub-chapter regarding the identity of the Blessed One’s interlocutor. The form of address, deva (my lord / husband!) is consistent with its being spoken by the Blessed One’s consort, who, accordingly, is later addressed by him as devī (my goddess / mistress!). There is no doubt about her identity as the mistress, since she later inserts the Blessed One’s bola into her kakkola. The Blessed One is later identified as Vajrasattva and the goddess as Nairātmyā. Since most (perhaps all?) of chapter 6 seems to be a dialogue between the two of them, the text has been emended accordingly, against Comm2 and the Tib., which sometimes identify the Blessed One’s interlocutor as Vajragarbha.
backThe reading Vajrasattva seems to be anomalous for reasons explained in the previous note. Comm2 (913), however, reflects the reading Vajrasattva and identifies him as Vajragarbha.
backThe secret sixteen syllables are the syllables of the statement rahasye parame ramye sarvātmani sadā sthitaḥ.
backInstead of “bile,” the Tib. (110a.4) has “mind” (sems), reflecting the reading cittam; this reading is attested in some manuscripts.
backIn the Tib. (110a.4), the Skt. word rasa is translated not as “chyle,” but as “taste” (ro).
backThe Tib. has “stomach fat” (lto tshil), while Comm1 (440) has this as “fat” (tshil), and the next instance of “fat,” it has as “grease / oil” (zhag).
backAs this is about the constituents of the human body, “fire” probably means bodily heat.
backThe Skt. word vasā is rather vague, as it can mean any fatty or oily substance.
backThe meaning of the last half-stanza is not very clear. The Skt. could also be translated as “This is taught in this way, goddess, based on the type of sound [produced] in the channels.” The interpretation would be that the sound heard in the channels associated with the listed bodily constituents is represented, respectively, by the sixteen syllables. Comm2 (915) glosses “the natures of the channels and sounds” as “the nature of goddess and wind (ḍāka), respectively, from the union of which emerges bodhicitta.”
backThe translation of this half-stanza is based on the Tib. (110a.7: /rkan du ra dang thams cad du/ /sa bon bzhi ni dam pa nyid/) rather than Skt., but still, it is far from clear how the five syllables are distributed. Comm2 (916) has, “Abiding on one’s palate / Are the unexcelled four seeds.” It glosses this as the “wind of the four elements, in the form of four seeds at the sambhoga cakra at the throat.” Comm1 (446), however, interprets the Skt. tālu (usually meaning “palate”) as bhaga.
backComm2 (916) glosses this as the “dharma cakra at the chest, which is adorned with the five seeds, meaning, it contains the wind based on the essence of the five ambrosias.”
backComm2 (916) explains this as meaning, “The five elements are buddhas, and based on the five winds associated with those elements being one taste, they are also nonconceptual cognition, the luminous dimension of mind, i.e., the luminosity of mind is the nature of objects.” Comm1 (446) has “source” meaning the “nature of all phenomena.”
backComm2 (916–917) specifies that “source” here refers to “nonconceptual cognition rooted in the wind of space” and “luminous by nature.” Comm1 (446) has “source” as “the nature of all phenomena.”
backComm2 (918) says that this is the “location of the central channel, whose nature, being the wind of space, is the dharmadhātu.”
backInstead of “speech,” the Tib. (Degé 110b.3, and all other editions consulted) have “purity” (dag), although owing to the similarity between the Tibetan letters da and nga, this could easily be a scribal infelicity for “speech” (ngag). The reading “speech” is, however, corroborated by Comm1 (447).
backInstead of “blood,” the Tib. (Degé 110b.4, and all other available editions consulted) have “gem” (rin chen). However, it is not inconceivable that the Tibetan translators were confronted with a manuscript that read ratna (gem), rather than rakta (blood). Rakta seems correct in this context.
backComm2 (918) elaborates that “entity” means “bodhicitta” and “non-entity” means “self-emergence.”
backThe five substances listed here are the so called “five nectars.”
backComm2 (919) explains that “Since the body is composed of the five ambrosias, which are the appearance of nonconceptual cognition, it can also be called vajrin.”
backComm2 (919–20) explains that “in the center of the cakras of the body’s channels are two openings. These are the crown opening, through which the heat of Caṇḍālī (gtum mo) travels up; and the avadhūtī (central channel) opening, through which bodhicitta flows down. At the center of their convergence is where the body of the deity is perceived.”
backThe commentaries differ on what the “it” is referring to. Comm2 (920) has “winds” entering the channels. Comm1 (449) has “consciousness and the elements ‘entering’ the navel.”
backThe Tib. (111a.1) also only has “upper door” (steng sgor), but the commentaries (450, 920) treat it as though this refers to both “upper and lower doors” as a way to describe the entire body with its “nine orifices.”
backComm2 (921) glosses these as “the central channel, the nine orifices, and the five sense faculties.” The Tib. root text (111a.2) has “thick” and “five” as modifying “presiding deities” (/sbom po lnga ni lhag pa’i lha/). Comm1 (450) glosses this as “the pillar that is the stick of the skeleton,” and the “five presiding deities, such as Vairocana and the rest,” whose “nature is the five aggregates.”
backThis half-stanza should perhaps be read together with the prose paragraph (after the next two verses), which seems to complete the statement.
backThis is interpreted in Comm2 (921) as “inhalation and exhalation.”
backThis and the preceding verse are metrically corrupt in the Skt., with some words possibly missing. The Tib. (111a.3–4) reads, “Based on distinctions between the winds / Of footless, monoped, biped, / Polyped creatures, and so forth, / Rooted in their specific patterns of inhalation and exhalation, / Regularly, at all times, / The perpetually moving wind is fourfold / And the [manner] of mind’s resting is twofold” (/rtag par kun tu dus su ni/ /’gro dang ’ong pa’i khyad par las/ /rkang med rkang gcig rkang gnyid dang/ /rkang bzhi la ni sogs pa yi/ /rlung la sogs pas rab dbye bas/ /rtag tu ’gro ba rlung rnam bzhi/ /sems kyi gnas pa rnam pa gnyis/). Comm2 (921) concurs with this.
backIn the Tib. (111a.4–5) this section is in the standard seven syllable verse.
backAccording to Comm2 (921–922) the movement refers to the four main “winds” associated with each of the four main cakras and elements (i.e., directions). The Degé (111a.5) has “upward, to the side, in the chest, and downward” (steng dang ngos dang brang ’og). Other versions (Y, J, K, N) all have “straight” (drang) instead of “in the chest” (brang). Comm2 (921–922) supports the non-Degé versions, since it also has “straight.”
backInstead of “entering and exiting,” the Tib. (111a.6) has “inhaling and exhaling” (rngub dang dbyung). However, both commentaries (453, 922) have “entering and exiting,” and describe it in terms of the central channel.
backThe Tib. (111b.1) has “The innate is the state of accomplished ones / accomplishment” (/lhan cig skyes pa grub pa’i gnas/). Comm1 (460–461) explains, “The natures of happiness and suffering belong to all beings, because there are good qualities and bad qualities from bringing in and expelling [the buddhas and ḍākinīs]. Because of this, are they attained through effort? No. Since they abide innately, accomplishment comes effortlessly as a production of previous karma.” Comm2 (923) says, “Thus, in that way, one will be accomplished in the nature of the innate through bringing together the requisite causes and conditions.”
backThis translation, however, is uncertain, since the endings of vajrasattva and mahāsukha (great bliss) here do not correspond. The other possible way to translate this sentence would be, “The blessed vajra holder, Vajrasattva, said that about great bliss.”
backComm2 (923) explains that Vasanta (Spring) is “the drop of bodhicitta in the chest, a specific kind of physical faculty, which forms the basis for the emergence of the sensation of bliss.” The root text (Degé 111b.2) translates the Skt. tilaka as “drop” (thig le). Comm2 (923) states that “tilaka is the drop of blood at the navel that forms the basis for the production of the heat of gtum mo.” The reference is being made here to the practice called Vasantatilakā, which is the merging of the male drop (Vasanta) in the chest with the female drop (Tilakā) at the navel. Tilakā is later identified with Nairātmyā.
backThe Tib. (111b.3) has, “How are they located for those in the indivisible state and so forth? How can there be a location for them?” (/mi phyed la sogs ji ltar gnas/ /de yi gnas ni ji ltar lags/).
backBecause of sandhi, there is an ambiguity in the Skt. text of the reading bheda (division / category) versus abheda (indivisibility). The translation here as well as the Tib. (111b.3) reflect bheda (Tib. dbye ba). Comm1 (467), however, seems to reflect both bheda and abheda with the gloss, “Based on which specific functions do the channels of ‘indivisible’ and so forth emerge?”
backThis seems to be a reference to the “third” eye. The Tib. (111b.6) has instead “An arouser situated between the brows” (/smin ma’i dbus gnas rab tu bskul/).
backIn verse 5.1.8, Kāmarūpa is described as an “auxiliary pīṭha.”
backInstead of “are called by the ḍākinīs,” two of the Skt. manuscripts read “belong to ḍākinīs.”
backThe Tib. (112a.5–6) seems to translate anyatama (anyone) as “sublime,” and reads, “Now, moreover, I will explain the cakras of subtle channels, according to their location in the body of a sublime tathāgata” (//de nas gzhan yang dam pa’i de bzhin gshegs pa’i sku ji ltar gnas su son pa’i rtsa’i ’khor lo bshad par bya’o/).
backThe Tib. (112b.3–4) has, “He is the actualization of the four yogas” (/rnal ’byor bzhi ni mngon du’o/).
backComm2 (928) explains that “the action is the drop of blood, while the agent is the drop of bodhicitta.”
backComm1 (478) interprets “this” as “this body and its subtle channels,” while the Rahasyadīpikā, a commentary on the Vasantatilakā from which this passage was taken, interprets this as “everyone’s body” (sarvadehināṃ dehaḥ).
backComm2 (928) states that “the central channel is the channel that conveys bodhicitta, making five.”
backThe five are, presumably, the four subtle channels just mentioned and the central channel.
backBoth Comm1 (479) and Comm2 (929) explain, “Rasanā has the nature of rajas, lalanā has the nature of sattvam, and avadhūtī has the nature of tamas. These are the main ones.”
backPullīra is a metrical shortening of Pullīramalaya.
backInstead of “Divine,” the Tib. has “Playful” (rtse ba ma).
backThe subtle channels are here personified by being given feminine names and referred to, on occasion, as “ḍākinī.”
backAll these channels are personified as ḍākinīs.
backIn the Vasantatilakā, from which this passage was taken, the name of this ḍākinī is Mahānāsā.
backThe Tib. (113a.2–3) has, “Since it abides in a hard form, / It is present as a rattling bone necklace” (/sra ba’i dngos pos gnas pa’i phyir/ /rus pa’i phreng ba ’khrugs par gnas/).
backInstead of “heart,” the Tib. (113a.3) has “liver” (mchin pa).
backBecause of the ambiguity of the Skt. sarva, instead of “every body,” another possible meaning is “the entire body.”
backThis name appears in the text in its BHS spelling, Doṣāvatī.
backThe Tib. (113a.5) has, “She is said to pertain to the tendons on one’s sides” (/ngos kyi chu rgyus yang dag bshad/). Comm1 (480) has “ribs.”
backThe Degé (113a.5) has ’bab ma. However, another version (N) has tshad ma, which translates the Skt. pramāṇā.
backThe Tib. (113a.6) simply has “which is inside the extremities” (mtshams kyi mtha’ yi nang du). Comm1 (480) glosses the body part as the “hair line,” as in “within the hairline.” The Skt. sīmā can mean “hairline”; in the text, however, we have the compound sīmānta, which rather means “extremity.”
backThe Tib. (113a.6) has yi dags lha gnas, most likely a scribal error in which lhag (adhi) was altered to lha (deva).
backThe Degé (113a.9) has “by the ḍākinī” (gis), while other versions (Y, K, N, H) have, instead of the agentive / instrumental, the nominative feminine ending (ma), thus supporting the Skt.
backThe Tib. (113a.7) has “fully pervasive / pervaded” (kun khyab ma). The Skt. samākula can also be translated as “full,” “fully filled.”
backThe Skt. mada can be translated either as “semen,” or as “alcohol.”
backThe Tib. (113b.2) has “flesh and snot” (sha dang snabs). The translation here follows Comm1 (481), which has “snot and saliva” (snabs dang kha chu), against the Skt. reading bāla, which means “child.” The Tib. for “saliva” here is kha chu, which translates the Skt. lālā (possibly the original reading?).
backComm1 (486) has, “Then, ‘that alone,’ meaning the dripping letter haṁ, ‘opens,’ or exalts ‘the sound,’ meaning the gtum mo, which is in the image of blood.” Comm2 (932) has instead, “ ‘That alone opens the door,’ meaning that the door of the treasury of the wind of space, which belongs to the heat of gtum mo, is opened, and through that the bodhicitta in the head is melted, based on which the ambrosia drips during one’s inhalations and exhalations night and day, thereby filling the maṇḍala.”
backThe Tib. (114a.3) has “Because it is taken hold of and cut up” (/de ni len cing gcod pa’i phyir/). Neither commentary, however, has the verb “to cut up / sever” (gcod). Comm2 (933) reflects the reading translated here.
backComm2 (933) explains the “fulfilled substances” in terms of the “inner offering substances of the five ambrosias, which are substances completed / fulfilled within one’s body.”
backComm1 (488) explains, “ ‘Coarse’ means the aggregate of form, while ‘subtle’ means the four other aggregates of sensation and the rest.”
backIn the Tib. (114a.5) this verse reads, “Through this inner essence, with its outer aspects / The vajra holders’ bodhicitta / In its coarse and subtle forms / Possesses the nature of the ‘world’s kinsman’ ” (/phyi rol bcas pa’i nang nyid kyis/ /rdo rje can gyi byang chub sems/ /sbom dang phra ba’i rang bzhin gyis/ /’gro ba’i gnyen gyi rang bzhin can/).
backThe Tib. (114a.5–6) has “Through cultivating the maṇḍala” (dkyil ’khor goms pas).
backComm1 (488-489) states that it is the final awakening of all these types of beings that will be attained through the maṇḍala, not their current limited states of awakening.
backComm1 (488-489): “Lalanā is the handle of the sruk ladle, while its face is the lotus at the chest.”
backThis line is missing from the Tib. (114b.1–2).
backAccording to the commentary on the same passage in the Vasantatilakā, this is a reference to the triangular shape of the dharmodaya present in the lower of these two cakras, and the shape of the uṣṇīṣa in the upper.
backThe Tib. (114b.5) has, “Present at the heart and throat / There is said to be the form of vaṁ” (/snying dang mgrin par yang dag gnas/ /vaM gi rnam par lta bur brjod/).
backInstead of “abides” (pravartate), the Tib. (114b.6) has “surrounds” (rab tu bskor).
backThe Tib. (114b.7) has “Which is the essence of the first letter” (/yig ’bru dang po’i ngo bo yis/). It is also possible to derive the same meaning from the Skt.
backThe meaning of the last line is not clear. The Skt. term kalā suggests the sixteen vowels, but the Tib. (115a.1) translates kalā simply as “part” (cha). Comm1 (492) explains this as “ā, ī, ū, and ai are on the petals to the east and so forth … ya, ra, la, and va are in the northeast and so forth.” Comm2 (936) has “i, u, e, o.”
backComm1 (494) states these are “all sixteen vowels minus the neuter vowels of ṛ, ṝ, ḷ, and ḹ.”
backThe Tib. (115a.5) has only “ka and so forth” (ka la sogs pa).
backIn the Tib. (115a.5–6) this sentence is, “Which are facing down, / And, through being made exalted, connected [with the vowels]” (/kha ni ’og gi gnas su gnas/ /lhag par byas nas sbyar ba nyid/). Comm2 (938) states: “ ‘They are made to connect at the center’ means at the throat, chest, and navel.”
backComm1 (495) states, “ ‘Rākṣasa’ means gtum mo … lower region means at the navel. ”
backComm1 (495–496) describes this in terms of the melting of bodhicitta in the head and its gradual descent via igniting gtum mo through sexual yoga, which involves bringing the lalanā winds into avadhūtī.
backThe Tib. (115a.6–7) literally has, “When it is at the tip of the vajra, / Then it is at the tip of the [lotus] protuberance.” (/gang tshe rdo rje’i rtser gnas pa/ /de tshe de ni sna rtser ro/.) Comm1 (496) has, “It is also called sambhogakāya when [the seminal fluid] has descended to the tip of the wisdom-consort’s [lotus] protuberance and to the tip of the means’ vajra, i.e., when it has filled his jewel.” “Protuberance” (nāsika, sna), literally “proboscis” or “nose,” is an euphemism for the “clitoris.”
backTib. (115a.7) has “present in the consistency of mustard seed” (/yungs kar tsam du rnam par gnas/).
backThe Rahasyadīpikā (10.21–23) explains that “he is a ‘worm’ because he devours the straw of the multitude of afflictions, such as desire, and so forth.” The Tib. (115b.2) reads, “It is the tantra with the essential quality of a worm.” The Rahasyadīpikā (10.21–23), however, reflects, “It is a mantra with the essential quality of a worm.”
backIt seems that these words are spoken by Nairātmyā, as the Blessed One later uses the feminine form of address, “goddess” (devī).
backThe Yogaratnamālā (a commentary on the Hevajra) explains that the “abode of the vajra” is the syllable hūṁ.
backInstead of “the means,” the Tib. (115b.6) has “everything” (thams cad).
backThe Tib. (115b.6) has, “By means of this secret union / The external coupling is not shown to be dual” (/’dis ni gsang ba’i snyoms ’jug pas/ /phyi rol gnyis gnyis bstan pa med/).
backThe Skt. term sthāvara can mean constant and stable, but, in this context, can also refer to the sixteen sthaviras, i.e., the original sixteen arhats, each regarded as a nirmāṇakaya (cf. verse 12 below).
backThe Degé (116a.1) has “Mind is the nature of phenomena” (sems ni chos kyi rang bzhin te). However, other versions (N, H) reflect the Skt. with, “Phenomena are the nature of mind” (chos ni sems kyi rang bzhin te).
backGrammatically, the word “it” seems to refer to “sambhogakāya,” mentioned in the previous verse. Comm1 (501) however explains this as “all phenomena are mind” without mentioning the sambhogakāya.
backAccording to Comm1 (502) this result is in the cakra of the nirmāṇakāya at the navel.
backWe have a play on words here and also a metaphoric allusion to the sixteen sthaviras, or original arhats, traditionally regarded as nirmāṇakāya.
backThe reading and the interpretation of this line are different in the corresponding passage in the Hevajratantra. The message in this version is not very clear, but we again seem to have a play on words here, as the name Sarvāstivāda contains the word for speech (vāda).
backThe Tib. (116a.4) reflects the reading sammatīya (kun bkur, short for kun gyis bkur ba’i sde), “approved / esteemed / agreed upon by all,” against the reading saṃvidī in the Skt. manuscripts of the Sampuṭa, and the corresponding passage in the Hevajra. If we adopted the reading sammatīya, though, the play on corresponding words (saṃvidī / saṃvedana) would be lost.
backComm1 (505) implies that this refers to the position of the hands of the fetus in the womb: “One is only like that while in the womb and when coming out of it.”
backThe Tib. (116a.5) divides ahaṃ into a and haṃ” (a dang haM), i.e., the sound of breathing.
backThe Tib. (116b.3) has “What the goddess thus explained” (lha mos de skad bshad pa ni).
backComm1 (508-509) states that this is “ ‘The unexcelled,’ meaning there is none higher, ‘from among all yogas’ of generation stage, meaning it is the very essence of completion stage.” Comm2 (943) has, “For whose purpose is this taught? ‘These are the unexcelled [teachings] explained by the yoginīs’; this means that what is from the yoginī tantras will be realized by yogis who are indistinguishable from buddhas and bodhisattvas.”
backThe reading “vajra conquering all ignorance” is supported by Comm1 (510). The Tib. root text (116b.4–5) and Comm2 (944), however, have instead “vajra conquering omniscience” (thams cad mkhyen pa rnam par rgyal ba’i rdo rje).
backThe Tib. (116b.5) has “in order to revive all the yoginīs, he said:” (rnal ’byor ma thams cad bslang ba’i phyir ’di skad ces bka’ stsal to/).
backThere are a number of readings and interpretations pertaining to this line. The one adopted here accords with Comm1 (510), which states, “ ‘Blessed One[s]’ is a vocative exclamation to the blessed ones endowed with pristine gnosis, such as Akṣobhya and the others. ‘Sons of noble family,’ I will explain the following things to you.” In the source text, however, (Hevajra 2.4.70), this line is spoken by the yoginīs, which would make more sense.
backInstead of “with forms,” the Degé (117a.1) has “through ascertaining forms” (rnam par nges pas). Other versions (Y, J, K, N, C, H) have “ascertaining forms” (rnam par nges par). The translation here follows the Muktāvalī commentary on the corresponding passage in the Hevajra, which explains that “entities” are here, first and foremost, the five aggregates, which are then seen, by way of the remedy, as the five buddhas.
backThe translation “space” is based on the conjectured reading rikta (space), instead of rakti (passion), of the manuscripts. Rikta fits the context perfectly (since we have now moved to the element of space) and it also has the meaning of ākāśa, found in the same position in the corresponding passage in the Hevajra. The Degé (117a.6) and Comm1 (515), however, reflect the reading rakti (a corruption of rikta) of the manuscripts and both seem rather obscure.
backInstead of “backbiting,” the Tib. (117a.6) has “miserliness / greed” (ser sna).
backInstead of “backbiting,” the Tib. (117a.6) has “miserliness / greed” (ser sna).
backInstead of “unending, ultimate bliss,” the Tib. (117a.7) has “supremely beneficial great bliss” (bde chen mchog tu phan pa nyid).
backComm1 (517) elaborates here: “The goddess asked, ‘Something with the characteristic of the nature of an atomic particle is very small. You have taught that bodhicitta, whose form is a tiny globule, and is the identity of innate joy, a single family, is the cause and basis for the birth, and the self-nature, of innumerable families. How could [all] this be contained in this [globule]?’ ”
backIn the Degé (117b.3–4) this verse reads “Just as many buddha realms / [Can fit] in the tiny space of a hair’s width, / Without inhabiting, crowding, or striking against [one another], / So too should this be regarded” (/skra yi khyon tsam phra ba la/ /sangs rgyas zhing khams du ma ni/ /gnas dang dog dang ’dzer min pa/ /de bzhin ’dir yang blta bya ste/).
backThe grammar and meaning of this passage are very unclear. The Degé (117b.3–4) has, “O deities, replete with the ten powers, / Who wish to feast in my house, / Rise! Rise! / Appear through your miraculous powers, O sons of the [buddha] families!” (/stobs bcu dag dang ldan pa’i lha/ /bzhengs shig bzhengs shig bdag gi ni/ /sdum par ston mo bzhes par ’tshal/ /rdzu ’phrul stobs kyis rigs kyi bu/).
backThe formula that is now being explained is rahasye parame ramye sarvātmani sadā sthitaḥ (He always abides (sadā sthitaḥ) in the supreme (parame), secret (rahasye) pleasure (ramye), which is the nature of everything (sarvātmani)).
backThe Tib. (117b.6) translates saṃvara as sdom pa, suggesting the “rules of conduct,” but the context seems to indicate that we could be talking here about the identity of the deity Śaṃvara and what it stands for, namely the great nondual bliss resulting from the mystical union of means and wisdom.
backThe Tib. (117b.6) has an extra line after this one: “Or, alternatively, as Akṣobhya” (/gzhan yang mi bskyod pa nyid dang/).
backComm1 (521) elucidates, “Since these two are included within Amoghasiddhi, when it always abides as Amoghasiddhi, it can also abide as Ratnasambhava or Amitābha.”
backComm1 (522) has “below the navel.”
backThe Tib. (118a.5) has “constant / permanent pledge” (rtag dam tshig), but both commentaries have “great pledge” (dam tshig che). Comm1 (527) simply glosses it as “concealed sign.” Comm2 (954) explains “great pledge” as “the stainless vow / conduct (sdom pa, Skt. saṃvara) that is the sign of buddhas and bodhisattvas.”
backIn the Tib. “the great language” is the grammatical object to “I will teach” in the previous verse.
backThe Skt. kheṭa has several meanings (village, horse, etc.). Davidson (Indian Esoteric Buddhism, p. 263) has kheṭa as “phlegm.” The Tibetan provides no clues as the code word is always transliterated rather than translated.
backPreṅkhana, here translated as “swing,” is translated by Davidson (Indian Esoteric Buddhism, p. 263) as “wandering.”
backApart from “fuel,” kṛpīṭa can also mean “forest,” “belly,” etc.
backDundura or durdura could mean, among other things, a type of a drum or a frog. Both Snellgrove and Davidson (Indian Esoteric Buddhism, p. 263), however, translate it as “emission.”
backApart from the name of a mountain, kāliñjara can also mean “assembly of religious mendicants.”
back“Four ingredients,” when this term is used in its conventional meaning, refers to sandal, aloeswood, saffron, and musk.
backDavidson (263) translates kundura not as “olibanum,” but as “resin.”
backThe Tibetan (118b.2–4) transliteration reflects not muku, but mukhi.
backThe Tib. (118b.2) has ghu ghu.
backThe meaning of the Skt. word pulaka / puraka is not clear. The translation of this line follows the Tib. (118b.3), which has “Tapping on the tip of one’s nose with one’s palm” (/sna rtser thal mo brdebs pa ni/). Comm2 (955) has “Covering the tip of one’s nose with one’s fingers.”
backThe Tib. (118b.3–4) has, “Showing the head of a deer, [which is called] draṣṭa,/ Illustrates the sign of a yoginī” (/draSTa ri dags mgo ston pa/ /rnal ’byor ma yi mtshan mar mtshon/). Comm2 (955) states that this is “a sign in response to salutation.”
backThe Tib. (118b.4) reflects ḍa (Da).
backThe Tib. (118b.4) reflects bu (bu).
backThe Tib. (118b.5) reflects dhi (dhi).
backThe Tib. (118b.5) reflects stri (stri).
backThe Degé (118b.5) reflects bi (bi), but other versions (Y, J, K, C) reflect phi (phi).
backThe Tib. (118b.5) reflects bi (bi).
backThe Degé (118b.6) reflects ḍhī (DhI), but other versions (Y, J, K, N, C, H) reflect ḍi (Di).
backThe Degé (118b.6) reflects stri (stri), but other versions (J, K, N, C, H) reflect sti (sti).
backThe Degé (118b.7) reflects svā (svA), but other versions (Y, K) reflect sa (sa) and (J, C, N) sva (sva).
backAnother possible translation, supported by Comm2 (956), is, “These … code words … should be known as signs of the virile ones and their sisters.”
backBhavabhaṭṭa’s commentary on Laghuśaṃvara 22.5 explains that potāṅgī (in Chapter 4 spelled potaṃgī) is an “eye gesture.” In the Degé (119a.1), this word, like other words in this section, is merely transliterated.
backWhile this section, according to the commentaries, deals with verbal code words, the potāṅgī, described as an “eye gesture” (please see the previous note) could be an exception, so it is probably right to say that is “given” in response rather than “said” in response.
backThe Tib. (119a.4) reflects kākhila (kA khi la).
backThe Degé (119a.5) reflects the reading anta (end), but Y, J, K, and C reflect andha (dark / blind).
backThe Degé (119a.5) has “untouchable caste” (gdol pa’i rigs). Other versions (Y, J, K, N, C, H) have “house of an untouchable” (gdol pa’i khyim).
backThe phrase “he touches his teeth with his tongue” is transliterated in the Tib. (119a.5), indicating that the Tibetan translators understood that it was meant to be spoken, just like the other code words in this list, rather than enacted. It is, however, impossible to know for certain.
backThe Tib. for this is “lam po (a corruption of lamba?) is ‘fear.’ ”
backThe translation of this line and the immediately preceding one is based on the Tib. (119a.6).
backRājikā can mean “washerwoman” or “streak.”
back“Great sacrificial victim” could be a victim of human sacrifice; the Tib. (119b.1), however, translates mahāpaśu literally as “large cattle” (phyugs chen po).
backThe Tib. (119b.1) reflects cha (tstsha).
backThe Tib. (119b.1) reflects na (na).
backThe Tib. (119b.1) has just “eating” (bza’ ba).
backThe Degé (119b.1) reflects bhi (bhi). Y and K reflect bhī (bhI).
backThe Degé (119b.1) has aphyaka (a phya ka). Y and K have aphyaga (a phya ga). N and H have apyaka (a pya ka).
backThe Tib., by putting all the terms in this whole section in transliterated Skt., treats everything as verbal codes, and not gestures. In this instance, though, the grammatical form of mukhasparśane (locative absolute) suggests that one actually touches one’s mouth, rather than says “when the mouth is touched.” The same applies to the phases dantasparśane (“when one touches the teeth”), śūnyasparśane (“when one touches an empty space”), and ūrusparśane (“when one touches the thighs”), in the next few lines.
backThe Tib. (119b.3) has, “[This section is about] the knowledge of verbal codes” (/ngag gi brda yi ye shes so/). Comm2 (957) also seems to be explicit that the signs listed here are verbal rather than gestural. It states, “Now that the verbal codes have been taught, the bodily codes will then be taught.” The Skt. word chommā (also spelled choma, etc.), though, means not only spoken code words, but also hand gestures, and it appears that not all the signs listed in this section are verbal.
backRegarding the word “forehead” in the root text, both the Degé (119b.3) and Comm1 (528) suggest that it refers to the practitioner’s eyebrows knitted in an angry expression. As for the corresponding passage in the Hevajra, however, both its commentaries, the Muktāvalī and the Yogaratnamālā, explain that the “forehead” refers to the part of the effigy where the gaze should be directed. The translation here reflects the Degé and Comm1, even though, grammatically (lalāṭī corresponds in gender to dṛṣṭi), the interpretation in the Hevajra commentaries seems more plausible.
backIt is not clear whether it is the effigy that is placed toward the left, or that the practitioner’s gaze should be directed at the left side of the effigy.
backAgain, it is not clear whether the eyes should be turned upward, or that the practitioner should gaze at the upper part of the effigy.
backThe Tib. (119b.4) has “In the center of the tip of the nose” (/sna yi rste mo’i dbus su gnyis/). Comm1 (528) has “at the top of the nose.” Perhaps this means the bridge of the nose, or where the nose meets the forehead?
backThe Tib. (119b.4) has, “For killing, [one employs] the animal gaze” (/dud ’gro’i lta stangs gsad pa la/), which is also a possible translation.
backThe Skt. term used, kumbhaka, implies that one pushes the air toward the diaphragm while holding the breath.
backIn contradistinction to holding the breath in kumbhaka (see the previous note), when holding the breath in śāntika, the air inside remains still.
backComm1 (529) and the Muktāvalī (1.11.4) take the four types of vegetation mentioned here as the respective objects of the four gazes. Comm2 (958) interprets these as materials for burnt offering rites (sbyin sreg), performed in conjunction with the relevant gaze.
backSacalaṃ tṛṇam could also be a kind of grass. Comm2 (958), for example, glosses “moving grass” as ljam pa, which translates suvarcalā (MW=Ruta Graveolens).
backComm1 (529) and Comm2 (958) explain that homage is paid by the yogin to the yoginī, and is paid in return by her. Comm1 glosses “the two teachers” as virtue and excellence in conduct. The Degé (119b.5) has instead “Having paid homage to the two teachers / One then pays them special homage” (/slob dpon gnyis la phyag ’tshal nas/ /shin tu phyag ’tshal).
backIn the Tib. this paragraph is in the standard seven syllable verse.
backIn the Tib. this paragraph is in the standard seven syllable verse.
backThe Tib. (120a.1–2) is different, and has two possible interpretations: (1) “Except for verbal conventions, / Even well-known wordly conventions / Will be accomplished,” or (2) “Without verbal conventions, / Even well-known worldly conventions / Will be accomplished” (/ngag gi tha snyad ma gtogs par/ /’jig rten rab tu grags pa yi/ /tha snyad du yang ’grub par ’gyur/).
backThe Tib. (120a.2) has “Thus will the yogi accomplish [conventions] / Included within the mundane and supramundane spheres. / This is the accomplishment of eloquent speech.” (/de ltar yo gis ’jig rten dang/ /’jig rten ’das par bsdus pa ’grub/ /legs par bshad pa’i dngos grub po/). In the Tib. this paragraph is in the standard seven syllable verse.
backThe meaning of this is not clear, as it seems we have here only a reference to a much more complex recipe. Comm1 (533) elaborates, “Smear on the head the oil from the fruit of that dish, which is an herbal butter of dried leaves and fruit, after having eaten it.” The “fruit” here, it further specifies, is the mustard seed placed in the skull cup. Its leaves, having been dried, along with the oil from the fruit, are made into an herbal extract, which is eaten, while the oil from the fruit [remaining] is rubbed on the head.
backComm1 (533) interprets this final line as “tossed throughout the directions, with the thought that the fruit will exile obstructors, will enable the accomplishment of this, while so thinking it.”
backComm1 (532) interprets this sentence as follows: “While thus meditating, possessing the form of Vajrasattva, who embodies all buddhas, the accomplishment associated with the vast activities, and so forth, will be conferred.”
backComm1 (533) explains that “the following” (idaṃ) refers to the fruit of white licorice root mentioned later.
backThe Degé (120a.5) is missing “excellent” (mchog), but other versions (N, H) include it.
backComm2 (534) says that this is “the fourteenth day of the waning period.”
backThe Degé (120a.7–120b.1) adds to this list giant milkweed (arka).
backThe Tib. (120b.1–2) seems to treat “venom” and “scorpion stinger” as two items, but Comm1 (534) lists these as one, having four ingredients in total. Comm1 clarifies further that “gonāsa refers to a tilitsa snake; one’s hand will become like that, for if someone touches the hand, poison will transfer to him as if he were bitten.”
backIn the Degé (120b.3) this passage reads “Born from Mālaya, nāgagesar, lord of illness, madanaphala, jāgudeśa, combined with takara and mixed with rice water, removes a variety of poisons from beings.” (mA la ya las byung ba dang/ nA ga ge sar dang/ nad kyi dbang po dang/ ma da na pha la dang/ dzA gu’i yul dang/ ta ka ra dang ldan par ’bras kyi chu dang ldan pas ’gro ba’i dug sna tshogs ’jig par byed do/).
backInstead of “feces,” the Tib. (120b.4) reflects bile (ro tsa na). Comm1 (535), however, supports the reading “feces.”
backComm1 (535) supports the reading “body” (lus), whereas Comm2 (961) and the Degé (120b.5) support “hand” (lag pa).
backThe Tib. (120b.7) has “can divide even those who did not disparage Hara” (’phrog byed ma smad kyang). Comm2 (961) has, “even those that did not exile Hārītī.” In any case, this seems to be a reference to his (or her) loyal and harmonious “supporters.”
backThe Tib. (121a.1) has, “This supreme among methods throughout the triple universe will send [the enemy] into exile after seven days” (gnas gsum gyi sbyor ba’i mchog ste/ nyi ma bdun gyis skrod par byed do/).
back“During the asterism of Puṣya” is missing from the Tib. (121a.3).
backThe translation here follows the interpretation in Comm1 (536) and Comm2 (962). The Degé (121a.4), however, reads, “Through a paste of takara fruit, amkoṭa fruit, and oil, one will see the naturally abiding divine man. By applying an eye ointment of takara, he will disappear” (/ta ka ra’i ’bras bu dang/ aM ko Ta’i ’bras bu dang/ mar khu’i tshigs mas rang bzhin gyis gnas pa’i skyes bu bzang po mthong bar ’gyur te/ ta ka ra’i mig sman gyis byugs pas mi mthong bar ’gyur ro/). With the variations in Y, K, and N, the passage would read, “Through a paste of the oil of takara fruit and aṁkoṭa fruit one will see the naturally abiding divine man. Through an eye ointment of takara he will disappear.”
backBoth the Skt. and Tib. (121a.4) have “moon water,” which could be the resin of a camphor tree. Comm2 (536), however, reflects the reading sevāla (se vA la), which, lacking any other clue, might be a corruption of śevāla (MW=Blyxa octandra).
backInstead of “blood of a water snake,” the Tib. (121a.6) has “gem of a dundhava” (dundu ba’i rin po che), perhaps reading ratna (gem) for rakta (blood). Comm1 (536) interprets duṇḍubha as, “a snake, known as ṭoṇaḍa.” Comm2 (962) describes it as a “water snake.”
backThe Tib. (121a.6) has “the house of a Śākya” (shA kya’i gnas), possibly having misread vāhya for śākya.
backInstead of “as if on a road,” the Degé (121a.7) has “coursing like a boat” (gru lta bur ’chag cing ’gro).
back“Onion” is only one of the possible translations of durgandhā, which means “foul smelling.” The Tib. (121a.7) has a literal translation, “foul smelling” (dri ngan pa).
backGhuṇacūrṇaka could mean either “wood dust produced by woodworms,” as reflected by Comm2 (963), or “powdered woodworms,” as reflected by Comm1 (537).
backComm2 (963) interprets kokila (Indian cuckoo) as “flesh of cuckoo, owl, and crow.” Comm1 (537), however, states that “kokila is a forest bee.”
backComm2 (963) takes dvija (twice-born) to mean “cuckoo” (khu byug); Comm1 (537), however, interprets it as “brahmin” (bram ze).
backThe Tib. (121b.1–2) has “powdered carama dung” (tsa ra ma’i rtug pa’i phye ma). Comm1 (537) states that “the animal carama is a cat.”
backMahāsamaya (great pledge) is interpreted by Comm1 (537) as “human flesh.”
backThe Tib. (121b.4) has “With that same hand, without touching [anything else in the interim].”
backThe Tib. (121b.5) has “wing” (gshog pa), which is another meaning of pakṣa. Comm2 (963), however, interprets pakṣa as “feather” (sgro).
backThis statement seems very ambiguous. Comm2 (963–964) glosses it as follows: “These ten activities, accordingly, constitute the knowledge of cognition which was taught in the Cakrasamvara Tantra, for when those with the cognition of an ordinary being apply the science (tantra) of medicinal concoctions, they can become equal to the bodhisattvas in attainment.” The Tib. (121b.6) treats vijñānajñānam as a dvandva compound, “cognition and knowledge” (/rnam par shes pa dang ye shes so/).
backComm2 (963) explains, “Having explained the concoctions from the Cakrasamvara, the medicinal concoctions taught in Hevajra are then explained.”
backThe Skt. readings for this passage vary and the grammar seems corrupt. The Tib. (121b.6) has, “Through making a powder from a bee’s stinger that has been lodged in the chest of a white bitch, combined with the bee and one’s own semen, in the asterism of Puṣya, one will enthrall even a woman loyal to her husband” (dga’ ba dang bcas pa/ dkar mo’i snying po’i nus pa mda’i rma phye mar byas nas/ ’dod pa’i phye mas rang gi sa bon dang ldan pas rgyal la bdag po’i brtul zhugs ma’ang dbang du byed do/). Comm2 (964) has “black bitch,” which reflects a variant reading in some manuscripts.
backThe Skt. readings for these passages vary and are mutually contradictory. The version derived from the Degé (121b.7), Comm1 (538), and Comm2 (964) would be “By placing in the hand of a virgin girl a plucked ‘female of misfortune,’ together with the paste from a ‘male’ tree, and the rut of an elephant, one can make oneself fortunate and take her away.” Comm1 (538) speaks of “female” and “male” plants, which “should be mixed together, and combined with the wine of a ‘trunk possessor,’ meaning the rut of an elephant.”
backBhūtakeśī can be the name of several plants, including Indian valerian, white basil, etc.
backDaṇḍotpala-sahadevā seems to be a compound of two synonyms referring to the same species, purple fleabane (Vernonia cinera). The Degé (121b.7–122a.1), however, treats them as different ingredients: “bhutakeśi, rudanti, daṇḍotpala, and hasadeva [sic], ground together with tears and one’s own semen” (bhu ta ke shi dang/ ru dan ti dang/ daNDa utpala dang/ ha sa de ba dang/ phyogs kyi chu dang/ bdag nyid kyi myos byed dang btags pas). The commentaries do not offer clarification on these ingredients, although Comm2 (964) has hasadeva.
backUnidentified. Possible synonyms are jārī (cf. Bhairavapadmāvatīkalpa 9.5) and prasiddhā (cf. ditto 9.15). Comm2 (964) has “putraja [sic] is a particular root called ‘black do ba’ ” (dova?) (do ba nag po).
backUnidentified. Comm1 (538) has “āvannā [sic], otherwise known as onā.”
backThis species has not been identified. Lakṣaṇā could be a variant spelling of lakṣmaṇā, which is the name of several plants. Comm1 (538), however, calls lakṣaṇa [sic] a “tree,” while all the species called lakṣmaṇā are small plants.
backThis plant (Uraria picta) does not seem to have an English name. There are variations in the Tibetan transliteration. Comm1 (538) has “avantī means ‘joined with ash,’ and is known as hastāboḍi.” Comm2 (964) has, “avada is the ‘ninth root.’ ”
backDinakara can also mean crattock tree.
backComm1 (538) has “the head of a house sparrow.”
backKṣīrādhikā (rich in sap) is described by Comm2 (964) as another name for śaraṇā. There are several plants with the latter name.
backComm2 (538) reflects this reading. The Degé (122a.4–5), however, is missing “bracelet,” and has “The remains from a dead girl’s funeral pyre that had been extinguished with thorn apple juice” (yan lag can shi ba’i ro bsregs pa’i me mdag ka na ka’i khu bas bsad pa).
backThe Sanskrit is ambiguous, as it only says “The art of making one’s own.” The Tib. (122a.5) has “This was the knowledge / art of making one’s own through contact, and so forth” (/reg pa la sogs pas bdag gi ye shes so/).
backKhagapaticakra can also be the name of Indian goosegrass. The Degé (122a.6–7) has an additional ingredient at the beginning, śriṃkha (shriM [Y, J, K, C=shi] kha)
backKhagapaticakra can also be the name of Indian goosegrass.
backThis plant (Uraria picta) does not seem to have an English name.
backJūṭikā could be a certain type of camphor. The Degé (122a.7), however, translates this word as “cutting” and connects it with the previous word (“the cutting of avanatā”). Comm1 (539) reflects the spelling jātrikā (not jūṭikā) and identifies this plant as rukrajatra [sic].
backThis species has not been identified. Lakṣaṇā could be a variant spelling of lakṣmaṇā, which is the name of several plants.
backThis list of ingredients seems to be supported by Comm1 (539), except for an additional ingredient in the commentary, bovine orpiment. The corresponding list in the Degé (122b.2–3) is most likely corrupt—the plant chinnaruhā (guduchi) is treated as two ingredients, chinda [sic] and ru ha, as is vatsakanābha (the umbilical cord of a newborn calf), which is treated as vaṃse [sic] and kanabhi.
backIt is not clear whether she herself is supposed to receive a tilaka, or she comes into contact with it by seeing it on the forehead of the person she is to be enthralled by.
backComm1 (539) identifies śrīsakala (complete glory) as “glory sandalwood.” Grammatically, however, it is possible that śrīsakala refers to “red sandalwood” that follows, meaning together “a fine piece of red sandalwood.”
backThe Degé (122b.3) has an additional ingredient by interpreting aruṇacandana (red sandalwood) as two items, anuṇa [sic] and candana. It also seems to reflect the reading khagā (female bird), which could be a corruption of kharā (female mule / donkey): shrI ri[N=ri; H=shri-ri] sa ka la dang/ a[N=aM] nu Na dang/ tsandan dang/ ri bong ’dzin pa ’di rnams kyis mnyam par shin tu sbyar ba dang/ drang srong gi bu mkha’ ’gro ma’i khrag gis byugs pa’i thig les.
backInstead of “tilaka … its benefits,” the Tib. (122b.5) has “causing a tilaka to appear / arise” (/thig le ’byung bar byed pa), which is a literal translation from the Skt.
backThe Tib. versions have only one of these two items—the Degé has “eyes” (mig), and other versions (Y, K, J, C) have “feces / droppings” (dri ma).
backAccording to Comm1 (539), “sun” is copper, “moon” is silver, and “fire” is gold. The translation here follows the interpretation of Comm1 (539). The Degé (122b.5–6) has, “The pill, which consists of the relics of the sugatas, should be wrapped, going inside sun, moon, and fire” (bde bar gshegs pa’i gdung gi dngos po’i ril bu nyi ma dang/ zla ba dang/ me’i nang du son par so sor dkris pa).
backThe ritual by which the pill is “activated” is described in Comm1 (539–540).
backAs before, “sun,” “moon,” and “fire” are copper, silver, and gold, respectively.
backThe translation of this passage is based on the Tib. (122b.7) and Comm1 (540).
backAs before, “sun,” “moon,” and “fire” are copper, silver, and gold, respectively.
backThe Tib. (123a.2) has “like a yakṣa, one will be able to dwell as a glorious one in one’s desired form” (gnod sbyin lta bur ’dod pa’i gzugs can du dpal dang ldan par gnas par ’gyur ro/).
backThe Degé (123a.2–3) has six items: “srotaka, the thorn from a hare-marked one, honey, madhuka [tree] together with its first blossom, and combined with the stamens of a young lotus” (sro ta ka dang/ ri bong gis mtshan ma’i tsher ma dang/ sbrang rtsi dang/ sbrang rtsi can dang/ dang po’i me tog dang ldan pa dang/ padma sar pa’i ge sar dang ldan pa). Comm1 (541) has nine items: “śrota is the eye ointment called śrota; hare-marked is śevāla; thorn is the thorn of a samkoca; honey is what is made by bees; sweet (madhuka) is the sweet tree; navahalinī is a flower and a bud (kalika) from a young lāṅgapilī, and included also are two heaps of stamens from them both.” Comm2, however, has a more plausible identification of śaśāṅka as camphor (“possessor of the flower of white śeva”).
backThe Tib. (123a.3) adds here “in full bloom” (rab tu rgyas pa).
backComm1 (541) states that “woman” here means jackal.
backDegé (123a.5) has, when corrected with reference to some important variations, “together with leftovers of food eaten by a crow, which has removed the eyes and fat of one who has died by asphyxiation” (’gags [Y, K= ’gyegs; N=’gengs] nas shi ba’i mig dang / tshil blangs zhing kha [Y, J, K, C=ka] gnyis pas zos pa’i lhag ma dang ldan pa). Comm1 (541) has “ ‘One who died from asphyxiation’ refers to a girl who so died. ‘The end of what is eaten by a crow’ refers to the leftover food that it discards.”
backComm1 (541) states, “An ancestor grove is a charnel ground; rubbed there, during a lunar eclipse, [one gets] the fluid that is produced from sex with a practitioner maiden in her first flowering (menstruation).”
backComm1 (541) states that the blood of a black cat is part of the concoction, rather than its cure.
backThe Skt. term, śālija, perhaps means “from the flesh of a householder.”
backComm2 (965) states that the mixture should be wrapped in vulture skin for six months, then placed inside the hollow of a vulture’s foot and applied to the eyes with powder of human bone.
backThe translation here follows Comm1 (542). The Degé (123b.5) has instead, “Even without fulfilling [all] the elements of the ritual procedure / It brings happiness to miserable beings” (/cho ga’i dngos po ma gang yang/ /phongs pa’i sems can bde ba ’bab/).
backComm1 (542–543) states, “That which ‘comes from oceans’ is the salt from human urine. That which ‘comes from mountains’ is human brains.”
backThis passage is not very clear. Regarding the practice of mudrā, Comm1 (543) states, “One should ascertain the mudrā of the medicine concocted” (sbyor ba’i sman gyi phyag rgya nges pa’o).
backThe “four ingredients” are usually sandal, aloeswood, saffron, and musk. Here, however, “four ingredients” refers to feces.
backComm2 (966–967) explains these ingredients solely in terms of “ambrosias present in the human body.” “Four ingredients is the essence of feces, musk is urine, sandal is the blood of someone killed in battle, camphor is semen, śālija is human flesh, olibanum (sihla) is menstrual blood, olibanum (kunduru) is also the sign of union, tailed pepper is the vagina, and mugu is the marrow.” This final item is strange, but accords in part with the Tib. root (124a.2), which has “marrow” (rkang gi snying po). Comm1 (543–544) has “by means of olibanum (the sign of union), tailed pepper (vagina) issues discharge, which mixes with the seminal discharge of both the male and female organs in union.” Comm2 glosses the whole section, including the correlations with the times, in terms of the “five ambrosias plus bodhicitta, thus making six substances.”
backComm1 (544) has, “These great medicines are powerful during six time periods, meaning, ‘those [times] completely transform them.’ ” Comm2 (967) has, “ ‘Powerful at six times’ means during six [times] externally and six sessions for the yogin internally, if ambrosia is eaten, the body will become lustrous, such that white hair and wrinkles will disappear.”
back“Four ingredients,” when this term is used in its conventional meaning, refers to sandal, aloeswood, saffron, and musk.
backAs in previous note, instead of “lotus seed” the Tib. (124a.5) has “marrow” (rkang skyes). Possibly “lotus seeds” refers to marrow?
backŚekhara (supreme) can mean “cloves” and also some other plants. Comm2 (968), however, glosses it as “vaginal blood.” The Tib. root (124a.6) has the literal “supreme” (mchog).
backAccording to Comm2 (968), this verse begins the “alchemy of external drugs.”
backComm1 (544) explains that “these fourteen substances [are to be eaten] together with the filth from the nine orifices.”
backComm2 (544) glosses this in terms of the lunar cycle and number of days. “Solar” refers to the waning lunar period and “lunar” refers to the waxing period. There are different concoctions for each of these periods.
backComm2 (968) interprets the Skt. dhātu (element) as “bodily constituent.” It says, “bodily constituents, specifically the substances that come from the nine orifices, will turn into gold.” Comm1 (544), however, has “metal, when treated by the bodily substances.”
backVālā (bālā?) can be the name of several plants.
backThe Tib. (124b.1–2) has three items, “oil born from lotus, oil born from bola, and the ‘four ingredients’ ” (pad+ma las skyes pa dang/ bo la las skyes pa’i mar khu nyid dang/ bzhi mnyam). Comm1 has four items: “ ‘Lotus’ is oil of woman, meaning brain. Then there is the oil from a newborn child; ‘butter,’ meaning oil born of śāli; and oil from the ‘four ingredients.’ ” Comm2 (968–969) also has four items: “Oil from a straw is marrow; oil of balika is semen; ‘butter / oil’ is human fat; and the ‘four ingredients’ is the essence of feces.”
backInstead of “black turmeric,” the Tib. (124b.1) has “black mustard” (yung dkar po ma yin pa).
backThe Degé (124b.3) has “vigorously” (zhen pas), but other versions (Y, J, K, C) have “gently / slowly” (zhan pas).
backAs noted elsewhere, Comm2 (969) regards the “four ingredients” as feces.
backThe “three fruits” could be either the three types of myrobalan, or the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date), or the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca-nut, and cloves).
backComm1 (546) states that “gold is dhadura, nṛpa is bhriṅgarājā, ceṭi is blue jhiṇaṭī.”
backThe ingredients vary between the sources. The Degé (125a.1) has “ ‘night,’ white vakuci, blue lotus bulb, iron filings, sulphur, bdellium, sarja resin, and musk” (mtshan mo dang/ ba ku tsi dang/ u+tpa la’i snying po dang/ lcags kyi dri ma dang/ dri’ rdo dang/ gu gul dang/ sardza ra sa dang/ ga bur dang/ ri dags las skyes pa’i chang dang/). Comm1 (546) explains, “ ‘black night’ is black turmeric, ‘blue lotus with bulb’ is a blue lotus that has not bloomed, ‘mountain of stench’ is sulfur, and ‘semen born from deer’ is musk.” Comm2 (970) has “ ‘black’ is black turmeric, vakuci is vacā (shu dag), ‘sprout of blue lotus’ is a blue lotus that has not bloomed, ‘iron filings’ is the dregs left over from smelting iron, and ‘bad odor’ is muzi.”
back“Indian caper, and fragrant swamp mallow” is here a translation of dṛk-prarohā. The Degé (124a.3) treats these two as one item, “that which arises stably” (brtan par rab tu skyes pa). Comm1 (546), however, treats them as separate and identifies dṛk as rudantī (Indian caper), and prarohā as balaka / valaka (fragrant swamp mallow).
backComm1 (547) identifies bhūtāri not as asafoetida, but as chaste tree; the latter, however, has already been mentioned earlier in the same recipe.
backThe two plants, parahṛd and vallabhī (or perhaps one called parahṛdvallabhi), have not been identified.
backComm1 (547) identifies mukta as atimukta, which is the name of at least five different plants.
backMañjari is the name of a variety of plants. Comm1 (547) identifies it as damanka (damanaka?), which could be the name of Artemisia Indica (Japanese mugwort).
backThe Degé (124a.3–5), with some variations, has twenty-five items in this list, some of which are literal translations from the Sanskrit: “śyāma, priya, keśari, bakula, spell-holding lady, nāga, destroyer of the circle, night roamer, kanaka, śikhi, prapara, bhutāri, parahrida, vallabhi, liberated, hand-spoke, mañjari, gold tree, vacā, vakuca, cloud tree, turmeric, mañjiṣṭha, lord of illness, power of elephant” (shyA ma dang/ pri ya dang/ ke sha ri dang/ ba ku la dang/ rig pa ’dzin ma dang/ nA ga dang/ ’khor lo ’thag pa dang/ mtshan mo rgyu ba dang/ ka na ka dang/ shi khi dang/ pra pa ra dang/ bhu tA ri dang/ pa ra hri da dang/ valli bhi dang/ grol ba dang/ lag pa’i rtsibs dang/ manydza ri dang/ gser shing dang/ ba tsA dang/ ba ku tsa dang/ sprin gyi shing dang/ yung ba dang/ manydziShTha dang/ nad kyi dbang po dang/ glang po’i stobs). Comm1 (547) has “śyāma is the śyāma creeper; priyā is priyaṅgu; kesarī is nāgagesar; vidyādharī is campaka; nāga is phunnāga; cakramardani is eṭagaja; śabarī is turmeric; kanakā is dhadura; śikhī is that which possesses the crown of a peacock; pravara is bala / vala; bhūtāri (enemy of demons) is siduvārā; parahitavallabhi is that which possess robber flowers; mukta is atimukta, known as ahivahu / ahibahu; karārā is karañja; mañjari is damanka; ‘gold tree’ is golden sephālī; avakuja is vāgucī; ‘cloud’ is musta; ‘night dāru’ is haridrā.” Comm2 (970) has “śyama is green śyāmaka (khre rgod ljang gu), gesara is nāgapuṣpa, cakramarda is suvarcalā (lcam pa), ‘night roamer’ is turmeric, ‘cutting medicine’ is the valvaja flower (gres ma’i me tog), ‘enemy of demons’ is white mustard, ‘cuckoo eyes’ refers to lava medicine, mukta is white lo btsan (?), kara is the karañja tree, mañjari is a hair-like clump of medicine, gana is elephant trunk, dadura is turmeric, ‘lord of illness’ is costus (ru rta), and nagabala is white naleśam.”
backIt is not clear at which point the interlocutor has changed; earlier in this sub-chapter it was Vajragarbha, now it is the goddess.
backThe compound rajanībhavarajāṃsi (literally, “powder obtained from turmeric”), is in the Degé (124a.7) treated as two separate ingredients: “turmeric,” and the “moisture of bhava.”
backUnidentified. Comm2 (970) calls it racaurya and identifies it as the “root of ava(?).”
backUnidentified. Comm2 (970) calls it kendu and identifies it as the “leaves of ava(?).” Possibly, keṃśu could be a variant / corruption of kiṃśuka (palash tree).
backComm1 (547) has “the three astringent substances are the three fruits.” Comm2 (971) calls these “three hot substances” (tsha ba), but does not describe them. If they are the “three fruits,” this would probably mean the three varieties of myrobalan. Otherwise they could be the “three pungent substances,” i.e., black and long pepper, and dry ginger.
backOn this occasion, Comm2 (971) glosses “four ingredients” as “powder of dry human excrement.”
backComm2 (971) defines “cold musk” as the “essence of urine.”
backMost likely, the three fruits are the three varieties of myrobalan (Phyllanthus emblica, Terminala chebula, and Terminalia bellerica).
backThe Tib. (124b.3) has “two karṣa” (zho gnyis).
backA unit of weight equal to one karṣa (176 grains troy).
backComm2 (971) glosses “musk from the midriff” as “urine.”
backThe three fruits are the three varieties of myrobalan (Phyllanthus emblica, Terminala chebula, and Terminalia bellerica).
backInstead of “head,” Comm2 (971) has “underside.”
backNāga is the name of several plants. Comm1 (548) identifies it as hastikarṇa, which in turn can be the name of several plants.
backPalāśa is the name of several plants.
backDegé (124b.7–125a.1) has “three parts each of nāga root, palāśa, and kuṣṭha, with one part mādha as the tenth part” (nA ga mU la dang/ pa la sha dang/ kuSTha cha gsum dang/ mA ga dha bcu’i cha gcig).
backThe Tib. (125a.1) has “two karṣa” (zho gnyis).
backIn the Tib. (126a.2) this sentence is “Any other method is as futile as an old man” (/sbyor ba gzhan ni rgan po lta bur don med pa’o/). Comm1 (548) seems to support the reading “buddhahood” though: “ ‘Fruitless’ are other methods; they are like buddhahood, which, although supreme, is without goal.”
backComm1 (548) interprets ṛtubandhanam not as “ritual restrictions with respect to seasons,” but as “retention of semen.” Comm2 (972) interprets the same compound as “cheating of death.” The Degé (126a.3) has, “One who desires to be a yogi / But does not know about timely death / Is like one who punches the sky,/ Drinks mirage water, / Or thrashes chaff out of hunger.” (/dus kyi ’chi na mi rig par/ /gang zhig rnal ’byor par ’dod pa/ /mkha’ la khu tshur bsnun pa dang/ /smig rgyu’i chu ni ’thung ba dang/ /bkres phyir phub ma rdung ba ltar/). Y, J, K, and C, however, all have “restaint / restriction” (’ching), instead of D, “death” (’chi ba).
backThe finger, as a unit of length, refers not to the length but to the breadth of a finger.
backInstead of “enriching,” the Tib. (126b.2) has “summoning” (dgug pa). Comm2 (973) seems to contradict the statement that the pit should have the same measurements as the pit for enriching: it says, “For enthralling and summoning, the pit should be … one cubit in width.”
backThe words “of the temple or maṇḍala” have been supplied from Comm2 (973).
backThe Degé (126b.6) has “pipal” (blakSa) instead of “palash.” N and H have “palash,” and so does Comm1 (551).
backThe Tib. (126b.7–127a.1) adds here “and held according to the proper handling procedure.”
backŚatapuṣpa (dill) can also mean “fennel.”
backThe translation “red sesame or black sesame” follows Comm1 (551). The Degé (127a.3) has “red and black sesame.” The Skt., because of its grammar, could also mean “one should procure, as an alternative to red or black sesame.”
backVajra is the name of several plants.
backThe Degé (127a.3) has pāna (pA na). N and H have vanā (ba nA) instead of pāna (pA na).
backSugandha is the name of several plants and substances.
backThe last sentence in the Tib. (127a.4) has “as well as wood of olibanum, guggul, khadira, sugandha, and others” (shalla ki dang/ gu gul gyi shing dag dang/ seng ldeng nyid dang/ dri bzang po la sogs pa dang/). Comm2 (974) takes “wood of guggul” to be the firewood.
back“Vajra water” is urine (cf. Sampuṭa 5.3.33). Instead of “menstrual blood mixed with vajra water,” the Tib. (127a.4) states, “by mixing [the ingredients] with vajra water from a man and a woman” (skyes pa dang bu med kyi rdo rje’i chu dang lhan cig bsres pas).
backKālaka is the name of several plants.
backOne of the manuscripts adds at this point, “If one wants to perform the rite of killing, one should prepare kindling [sticks] ten finger-widths long.”
backThe Tib. (127b.2) adds “millet” at this point.
backInstead of “crow meat” the Tib. (127b.4) has “crow tree.” Comm2 (975), however, corroborates the reading “crow meat.”
backThe Tib. (127b.4) adds at this point “along with parched-wheat flour.”
backThe Tib. (127b.7) has “fox meat” (wa’i sha). Comm2 (975), however, has “jackal meat.”
backThe Tib. (128a.1) adds here “a thousand times” (stong).
backAtimuktikā has not been identified. The masculine form, atimuktaka, is the name of several plant species.
backIn place of “mung beans,” the Tib. (128a.3) has two items, “millet and beans” (khre dang/ mon sran gre’u/).
backTamāla is the name of several plants. The Tib. (128a.3) has simply “leaves / petals” (’dab ma).
back“At home” is missing from the Tib.
backAs before, “vajra water” probably means urine.
back“At night” is missing from the Tib. (128a.4).
backIn the Tib. (128a.5) this sentence begins with “Alternatively” (yang na), connecting this sentence with the previous one. This seems wrong, as the previous sentence is about enthralling, and this, about expelling.
backTib. (128a.7) has “those” (de rnams), referring back to the previous ingredients. However, Comm2 (977) has “rice grains.”
backThe Tib. sets this section in verse.
backComm2 (977) states, “Having measured out a triangular dharmodaya on well-anointed earth, one should draw an eight-petaled lotus with pericarp in chalk.”
backComm1 (554) has this letter as ā, but Comm2 (978) has it as kha.
backInstead of “dot,” the Tib. (128b.4) has “empty space topped by empty space” (/stong pas stong pa mnan pa nyid/). Both commentaries, however, take this as a single dot.
backComm2 (978) has “ ‘adorned with a half moon and a full moon’ means joined with aṁ.”
backComm1 (554) says that this mantra is āṁ laṁ haṁ, with oṁ added to the beginning and svāhā to the end.
backThe name Locanā is not in the root text, but Comm2 (979) attributes the action described here to “the mantra of Buddha Locanā.”
backThe Tib. (129a.1) has “And [the Blessed One] said, as ‘a way to request the vajra samaya,’ ‘oṁ’ ” (/rdo rje dam tshig skul bar byed pa zhe bya ba yang bka’ stsal pa/ oM).
backSkt. oṁ vajravairocanīye svāhā. The Degé (129a.2) has vailocani (bai lo tsa ni), but other versions (Y, K, J, C) have vairocani (bai ro tsa ni), and still others (N, H) have vairocanīye (bai ro tsa nI ye). Comm1 (555) states, “In the yoga of Vairocana, or Locanā, Locanā is emanated with her skillful means, as requested by this mantra.”
backThe Tib. (129a.3) has “fifth” (lnga pa). Comm1 (556), however, supports the Skt. post correctionem reading; it says, “ ‘the fifth’ is a corruption; ‘the sixteenth’ should be said.” Comm2 (979) supports this too by referring to the same letter: “the first letter of the fifth group, the letter ta.”
backThe meaning of the last line is not clear; the “great vajra fear” could be the fear of vajra hells, or the fear experienced in the vajra hells. The Tib. (129a.6) has “For the sake of frightening great vajra” (/rdo rje chen po ’jigs don du/). Comm1 (556) states, “ ‘Frightening great vajra’ means she frightens obstructors and those who would lead astray.” Comm2 (980) glosses the entire verse as, “The efficacy of that is that it protects, guards from threat of danger, and confers power.”
backSkt., oṁ jvala jvala hūṁ phaḍbhyo svāhā. After jvala jvala the Degé (129a.7) has bhyo hūṁ phaṭ svāhā (bhyo hUM phaT svA hA) here. J and C have hūṁ phaṭ bhyo (hUM phaT bhyo).
backSkt., oṁ vajradharma hrīḥ svāhā.
backIn the Tib. (129b.3–4) this line is “said to be adorned with Ḍākinī” (/mkha’ ’gro ma ni brgyan par brjod/).
backIn the Tib. (129b.5–6), the phrase “right at that time” refers to the next sentence, “So said the great Blessed One Vajradhara.”
back“Vajradhara” here seems to be another name for Vajrasattva.
backThe translation “The syllable oṁ … illuminates everything” is based on the Tib. (129b.6), (/oM ni thams cad gsal bar byed/), which is supported by both commentaries. The Skt. seems to be saying “all the shining syllables oṁ,” or, if interpreting the compound oṁkāradīpakāḥ as a bahuvrīhi, “all [these mantras] include a shining syllable oṁ.”
backThe Tib. (129b.7) has hrīṁ hrīṁ (hrIM hrIM).
backThe Degé (130a.1) supports the reading cili cili (tsi li tsi li). N and H, however, support hili hili (hi li hi li).
backSkt., oṁ kara kara kuru kuru bandha bandha trāsaya trāsaya kṣobhaya kṣobhaya hraḥ hraḥ pheṁ pheṁ phaṭ phaṭ daha daha paca paca bhakṣa bhakṣa vaśarudhirāntramālāvalambine gṛhṇa gṛhṇa saptapātālagatabhujaṅgaṃ sarpaṃ vā tarjaya tarjaya ākaḍḍa ākaḍḍa hrīṁ hrīṁ jñaiṁ jñaiṁ kṣmāṁ kṣmāṁ hāṁ hāṁ hīṁ hīṁ hūṁ hūṁ kili kili sili sili cili cili dhili dhili hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ phaṭ svāhā.
backThe derivation va is based on Comm1 (560), which gives oṁ vuṁ svāhā as the “destroying mantra.” The count of rows sometimes includes the vowels as the first row and sometimes not. Including the vowels as a row, “the fourth letter of the seventh row” is va. Not including them, we get ha, as does Comm2 (981). However, this would make the syllable huṁ, rather than vuṁ.
backThe translation here is based on the Tib. The combination of letters described here (rha) is, however, unlikely. The Skt. has a rather obscure clause: “In the center between the two of the eighth group.”
backThe Tib. (130b.1) has tāṁ.
backSkt., oṁ prasannatāre amṛtamukhi amṛtalocane sarvārthasādhani sarvasattvavaśaṃkari strī vā puruṣo vā rājāno vā vaśaṃ kurutaṃ svāhā.
backFollowing the Degé (130a.3), where puṣkara is translated as “anther” (ze’u ’bru).
backThe phrase mantra-vid in the Skt. root text seems to have the meaning of “mantric spell,” with vid being perhaps synonymous with vidyā.
backSkt., hrīḥ vaśaṃ kuru hrīḥ.
backThe Degé (131a.3) has, “One should write ‘ā such and such’ in the center of the letter e” (/e’i dbus su A che ge mo zhes bri bar bya). N, C, and H have a instead of e. Y has sa instead of ā. K is missing ā. N has a instead of ā. Comm1 (567) has “write ‘such and such of such and such vaśamānaya’ at the center of the letter āḥ.” Comm2 (984) has “write ‘such and such ho’ inside a single big letter a.” The two most significant variants—“in the center of the letter e,” and “in the center of the letter āḥ”—are each supported by different Skt. manuscripts.
backSkt., oṁ sarvamohani tāre tutāre ture sarvaduṣṭān mohaya mohaya bhagavati sarvaduṣṭānāṃ bandha bandha hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ phaṭ phaṭ svāhā.
backComm1 (567) has, “While meditating on the edge of his garment, he should tie a knot to the right with the left hand, [thinking] that all pernicious ones are inside.” Comm2 (984) has, “should write this very maṇḍala on birchbark and tie it in a knot to the edge of his garment when he embarks on a journey.”
backComm2 (985) has the mantra as “ ‘such and such’ vaśaṁ kuru ho.”
backThere seems to be an inconsistency here, as first we had “lotus marked with a wheel,” and now “wheel marked with a blue lotus.”
backThe Tib. has instead “In its center,” although it previously translated puṣkareṣu as “on the anthers.”
backSkt., oṁ hūṁ hūṁ budhya budhya khāda khāda chinda chinda dhuna dhuna matha matha bandha bandha • amukam amukena saha vidveṣaya hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ phaṭ svāhā.
backAccording to Comm1 (568) these are two interlocking triangles.
backComm1 (568) seems to depart from this arrangement, as it has “hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ on the uppermost corner, and hūṁ gaḥ hūṁ hūṁ gaḥ hūṁ on the four outer corners and the lowermost corner.”
backSkt., oṁ pāta pātanī svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ jambha jambhanī svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ moha mohanī svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ stambha stambhanī svāhā.
backSkt., amukaṃ stambhaya.
backComm2 (986) indicates that this is an effigy of a frog.
backThe translation of this sentence is influenced by the Tib. (132a.3), as its Skt. grammar is unclear. The Tib. has “and placing [the thorn in] from above, so that the frog’s upper palate is joined to the lower palate below.” (steng gi sbal pa’i ya mgal de yang spang leb la ’og tu sbyar te gzhag par byas na). The reading adopted in the accompanying Skt. edition could be translated as, “One should pierce its mouth with a thorn of downy datura through the upper palate and place the frog in a box upside down.”
backIt is not clear whether there are four hūṁ syllables, one at each of the four tips of the crossed vajra scepter, or four syllables at each of the tips.
backThis is an allusion to Mārīcī standing in the pratyālīḍha posture.
backThis could also be interpreted as “you are creation and you are destruction.”
backIt is not clear what “great monastic robes” (mahācīvara) refers to.
backIt is not clear how the last sentence should be interpreted. Possibly, Mārīcī, being the personification of the sun, has the ability to shed or to withhold her light, thus making everything visible or invisible.
backSkt., oṁ padākramasi parākramasi udayam asi nairam asi cārkam asi markam asi ūrmam asi vanam asi gulmam asi cīvaram asi mahācīvaram asi antardhānam asi svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ mārīcyai.
backSkt., oṁ varāli vattāli varāhamukhi sarvaduṣṭapraduṣṭānāṃ kāyavākcittaṃ mukhaṃ jambhaya stambhaya.
backSkt., devadattaṃ rakṣa rakṣa.
backInstead of “deity,” the Tib. (132a.7) has “Devadatta” (lha sbyin).
backSkt., oṁ mārīcyai devatāyai.
back“On his cheeks and throat” added based on Comm2 (986).
backSkt., ye mama cittaghātaṃ kurvanti tān patantu pratyaṅgirāḥ. Pratyaṅgira could also be translated as a type of being, here in the plural (the pratyaṅgiras). The Tib. (132b.1–2), however, seems to be saying, “Avert the incantations and bring to ruin those who injure my mind!” (gang zhig bdag gi sems la snun par byed pa de la ltung ba dang/ rig sngags phyir zlog par mdzod cig).
back“Up to the chest” has been supplied from the Tib. (132b.2) brang.
backComm2 (986) calls this the “throne / seat” of the caitya. Some of the Skt. readings suggest though that the area being specified here is the effigy’s thighs below the caitya.
backAs before, the Tib. (132b.4) has “Avert the incantations and bring to ruin.”
backThe Tib. (132b.4) treats meḍhraliṅga as a dvandva, “testicles and phallus”(?) (pho mtshan dang/ rtags).
backThe Tib. (132b.4) has yuṁ (yuM).
backThe translation here follows Comm1 (571), which states that salilapṛṣṭha refers to the “back of the hands.”
backThe Degé (132b.4) has braṁ. Other versions (Y, K) have baṁ.
backThe text does not make it clear whether it is the spurs of the mountain, or the tips of the crossed vajra scepter, or perhaps its prongs, that should be marked as described.
backThe Degé (132b.6) has “One should inscribe inside the edges with the syllable nāṁ” (mtshams kyi nang du ni nAM gi rnam pa bri bar bya/). Y and K have “One should inscribe inside the edges the form of inside” (ni nang gi rnam). N has “marked with nam” (nam gyis mtshan). C has “the syllable ṭāṁ” (TAM gi rnam). H has “marked with nāṁ” (nAM gyis mtshan). Neither commentary mentions this aspect or specifies the syllable.
backComm2 (987) indicates that the Skt. compound should be divided into four words, which it gives as ala, kata, bhaya, and maṃyaṃ. The Degé (132b.7) has alakatākapāpamaṃsaṃ (a la ka tA ka pA pa maM saM). Y and K have lakta katā … māṃsāṃ (lakta ka tA … mAM sAM). J has kukatā (ku ka tA). N has māsaṃ (mA saM).
backSkt., hūṁ gaḥ hūṁ hūṁ gaḥ gaḥ hūṁ vṛṣṭiṃ kuru hūṁ gaḥ gaḥ hūṁ.
backThe Tib. (133a.1) has “belly” (pho ba) instead of “hips,” but Comm2 (987) has “two hips.”
backThe Skt. here is not clear. It literally says “on the inner face.” Comm1 (572) and Comm2 (987) suggest “face down.”
backSkt., oṁ vattāli varāli varāhamukhi sarvaduṣṭapraduṣṭānāṃ mukhaṃ stambhaya.
backSkt., amuka amukī putraṃ labhate.
backSkt., oṁ maṇidhari vajriṇi mahāpratisare hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ amṛtavilokini garbhaṃ saṃrakṣaṇi ākarṣaṇi hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., yaḥ de yaḥ va yaḥ da yaḥ tta yaḥ mu yaḥ ccā yaḥ ṭa yaḥ ya yaḥ.
backThe Tib. (133b.5) interprets the compound “vajra-sun” (Vajrasūrya) as “[the sun] marked with a vajra” (rdo rjes mtshan pa).
backThe Tib. (133b.7) has, “By observing the ritual procedure, the mantra will accomplish all activities” (las kyi cho ga mthong bas sngags kyis las thams cad byed par ’gyur ro/).
backSkt., oṁ sumbha nisumbha hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ | oṁ gṛhṇa gṛhṇa hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ | oṁ gṛhṇāpaya gṛhṇāpaya hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ | ānaya ho bhagavān vidyārāja hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backTraditionally sixteen in number, here they are without the four “neuter” vowels, hence the number twelve.
backThe syllable identification given in parentheses concords with Comm1 (583).
backInstead of “Wearing his armor,” the Degé (134a.5) has “Being thus accustomed to the procedure” (/de ltar cho gas goms pa ni/). However, H has “Being thus clothed in armor” (go chas bgos).
backIn the Tib. (134a.5) this passage is in verse.
backComm2 (990) has, “The mantrin should write double, meaning that he should write the six mantras of the ḍākinī in the form of a six-spoked wheel, and also the mantras of the hero on the six-petaled lotus outside of that.”
backThe Skt. of the sentence has several variants, none of them very clear. The Degé (134a.6–7), with only minor variations, seems to be saying, “One should place the messenger goddesses in the center of the circle / And likewise at the doors, according to sequence” (’khor lo’i snying por pho nya mo dgod par bya zhing/ sgo la yang cho ga’i rim pa bzhin du’o/). Comm2 (990) seems to differ regarding who should be placed at the inner sanctum: “One should place, according to sequence, the eight seed syllables of the Crow-Faced Goddess and the rest inside the doors and in the four interstices between them, and the six heroes in the middle, the core of the circle.”
backComm2 (990) glosses the term vedī as toraṇa (rta babs), i.e., “archway.”
backSkt., oṁ prasannatāre amṛtamukhi amṛtalocane sarvārthasādhani svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ sarvamohani tāre tuttāre sarvaduṣṭān mohaya mohaya bhagavati sarvaduṣṭān bandha bandha hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backThe commentaries specify that these are six tāṁ syllables.
backSkt., sarvasainyaparājayas tārābhyudayo nāma.
backComm2 (992) states, “One should place, accordingly, the 64 feet positions, as prescribed in tantras like … in accordance with the deities of the maṇḍala.” Comm1 (591) has for the line, “ ‘One should move with vajra feet’ meaning to place them as described in other tantras.”
backThe Tib. (135b.2–3) has “his wisdom consort and yoginī” (rang gi rig ma dang/ rnal ’byor ma).
backThe Sanskrit grammar is anomalous here, as “blessed” is singular, and “tathāgatas” is plural.
backThe Tib. (135b.3) has gsor bar bya ba, which is defined as “twirling, striking, and raising,” as done with a sword in a fencing display.
backThe word “visualizing” is in the Skt. in the plural, possibly suggesting that one generates not one, but many Krodhas.
backThe Degé (135b.5) has instead, after “ḍākinīs,” “kaṭapūtanas, and ostārakas, all with great power and magical ability, along with their retinues of followers” (lus srul po dang/ gnon po mthu che shing rdzu ’phrul chen ba rjes su ’brang ba’i ’khor dang bcas pa). Y, K, and N have the same, minus “ostāraka” (gnon po).
backThe meaning of this part of the sentence is not very clear. The Tib. (136a.1) has, “When this command has been pronounced three times, he should, while holding his great vajra sceptre in his hand, radiate wrathful forms from his vajra” (zhes lan gsum du brjod do/ /rdo rje chen po lag par bzung nas rang gi rdo rje las khro bo’i sku bton te/).
backThe Tib. (136a.2) has instead, “Then, he should perform the consecration and so forth by means of the mantra for summoning the earth goddess” (/de nas sa’i lha mo dgug pa’i sngags kyis byin gyis brlab pa la sogs pa bya).
backSkt., oṁ ehy ehi mahādevi pṛthivīlokamātare sarvaratnapūrṇadivyālaṅkārabhūṣite hāranūpuranirghoṣe vajrasattvaprapūjite gṛhītvā idam arghaṃ homakarmasu sādhaya hrī hī hī hī haṁ svāhā. In the Degé (136a.4) the last part is “hī hī hī hī haṁ svāhā” (hI hI hI hI haM svA hA). Y, K, and N have “hrī” (hrI) in place of the first hī. K has “hūṁ” (hUM) in place of “haṁ” (haM).
backThe Tib. (136a.6) has “another supremely vulgar [caste]” (gzhan phal pa mchog), which seems to reflect not sāmānyānyatamānām, but likely a corrupt reading, sāmānyatamānām.
backThe Degé (136a.7) wrongly has “above” (gong du) instead of “why / where?” (gang du) for kutas. However, Y, J, K, N, C, and H all have “why / where?” (gang du).
backIt is not clear whether the text specifies two locations for the syllable bhrūṁ, or this syllable should indeed be placed at the two locations just mentioned (the other two syllables are each placed, likewise, at more than one location).
backInstead of “thus,” the Degé (136b.1) has “there” (der), but N and H have “thus” (de ltar).
backInstead of “or,” the Tib. (136b.3) has “and.”
backComm1 (597) explains that one “smears the vulva with blood and semen,” whereas Comm2 (995) says that one “fills the vulva with semen.”
backSame as above, the Tib. (136b.4) here has “another supremely vulgar [caste]” (gzhan phal pa mchog).
backThe Tib. (136b.5–6) has, “In order to accomplish the multiplicity of rites / I will [now] teach on the rite of homa” (/sna tshogs las ni rab sgrub phyir/ /sbyin sreg las ni rab bshad bya/).
backThe Skt. phrase could also mean “Those gods who have fire for their mouth.”
backIn the Tib. (136b.6) this sentence is, “Fire is said to be the mouth of the gods. / It is dependent on the principle of homa” (/me ni lha yi kha ru gsungs/ /sbyin sreg de nyid rnam par gnas/).
backInstead of “vajrins who possess the three bodies,” the Tib. (136b.6–7) has “[those] born from the tip / peak of the supreme three bodies” (/sku gsum mchog gi rtse las skyes/).
backOne uses a contraption for rotating a stick inserted into a hole in a piece of wood. The Tib. (136b.7) translates manthāna literally as “rubbing” (gtsugs pa); Comm2 (995) glosses it as “rubbing wood” (gtsug shing).
backThe Skt. could also mean, “The fire obtained from an untouchable or from a charnel ground will make the rite inauspicious.”
backThis line is unclear in both the Skt. and the Tib. The extended sentence, starting in the previous verse, is in the Tib. (136b.7–137a.1), “A circle, a square, / a half moon, or a triangle / with a perimeter marked by vajra scepters, / should be radiated to the edge of the maṇḍala” (/zlum po dang ni gru bzhi dang/ /zla phyed dang ni gru gsum pa/ /rdo rje’i mtshan ma’i mu ran dang/ /dkyil ’khor grwar ni spro bar bya/). In the Skt. the outer circle is described as vaikoṇa, which could mean, among other things, “without corners,” or “with corners in the intermediate directions.”
backInstead of “He who knows the nature of homa,” the Tib. (137a.1) has “According to the stages of the principles of homa” (/sbyin sreg de nyid chog rim pas/). Comm1 (599) has “He who knows the procedure according to the nature of homa” (sbyin sreg gi rang bzhin gyi cho ga shes pa’o).
backIn the Tib. (137a.1) this sentence is, “In the center of the pit he should place a diadem, a lotus, a vajra scepter, a sword, and a lotus” (/thab khung dbus su gtsug tor dang/ /chu skyes rdo rje rin chen dang/ /padma gzhug par bya’o/). Comm2 (996) states that the items listed here should mark the center of the pit, in accordance with the activity emphasized, and, in addition, the rim. As for the rim: “At a spot dedicated to pacifying, the inner perimeter should be marked with a vajra, the middle perimeter should be marked with a diadem, and the outer perimeter should be with a lotus. For enriching, the inner perimeter should be marked with a jewel vajra. For overpowering, it should be marked with a garland of lotuses. And for destroying, it should be marked with a garland of wrathful vajras.” Comm1 (598) interprets this similarly to be marks on the rim and the center of the hearth / pit: “Along the corners outside of it (the pit) should be three-pronged vajra scepters of wrath, which are [also] in the pit for rites of destruction. For pacifying there should be wheels, or three-pronged vajra scepters [in the corners]; for enriching, there should be jewels; for overpowering, there should be goads marked with red lotuses; and for all-purpose rites, there should be swords, or vajra crosses.” It also states, “In the center of the pit should be the mark that corresponds with the activity being performed, and for the all-purpose rite, the main mark, which corresponds to the activity being performed, should be surrounded by the four [other activity] marks.”
backInstead of “[the solids] to be offered,” the Tib. (137a.2) has “the ladle to be filled [with solid matter]” (dgang gzar) as distinct from the blugs gzar, “the ladle to be poured into [with liquid matter]” (/blugs gzar mar khu khyab pas ni/ /de bzhin dgang gzar dgang blugs nyid/).
backComm1 (599) explains this in terms of the opening of the ladle for liquids being pressed against the opening of the ladle for solids, so that the filled liquid ladle fills the solids ladle with ghee when they are pressed together.
back“Materials to be burned” is based on the Tib. (137a.2), which has “burnt offering materials” (sbyin sreg yo byad), meaning the materials to be burned, such as kindling wood, and so forth. Both Comm1 (599) and Comm2 (996) confirm this. The Skt. is less specific, as it only has “accessories to homa” (homopayikam).
backInstead of “fearlessness,” the Degé (137a.3–4) has “fearful fire” (me ’jigs). Comm1 (599), however, supports the Skt. reading. C, U, and H reflect the Sanskrit with “fearlessness” (mi ’jigs), whereas Y, K, and N have neither “fearful fire” (me ’jigs) nor “fearlessness” (mi ’jigs), but “fearful” (’jigs).
backSkt., oṁ agne dīpya dīpya āviśa mahāśriye havyakavyavāhanāya svāhā.
backComm2 (997) states that these are the rays of moonlight, sunlight, rainbow, and black, which correspond to the four activities of pacifying, enriching, overpowering, and destroying.
backThere is a play on words in the Skt. here, as the words for “red” (rakta) and “impassioning” (anurāgana) are derived from the same root √rañj (to redden).
backIn the Tib. (137b.4–5) this sentence reads, “[The fire may also] have many flames, and belch smoke and sparks; it may rise, wane, and suddenly decrease in power / lustre / attractiveness; it may be black in color, have the color of palāśa plant, or resemble a trident or the sun; likewise, the smoke may resemble the head of a cow, or smell like a corpse, a fish, an ass, a dog, or a camel. Whether there will be obstacles or not will [in this way] be indicated by the signs of the fire” (me lce mang ba dang/ du ba dang/ me stag thams cad yang dag par langs pa dang/ chung chung ngur ’chad pa dang/ myur bar gzi brjid chung ba dang/ nag po dang bcas pa dang/ pa la sha’i mdog dang/ rtse gsum pa dang/ nyi ma lta bu nyid dang/ de bzhin du ba glang gi mgo lta bu nyid dang/ ro’i dri dang/ nya’i dri dang/ bong bu’i dang/ khyi’i dang/ rnga mo’i ni bgegs dang bgegs med pa’i ’bar ba’i mtshan mtshon par bya ba yin no/).
backInstead of “Whatever gods are employed for whomever’s sake,” the Tib. (137b.7–138a.1) has instead “Whichever / any god that possesses a mouth / face” (/gang yang kha dang ldan pa’i lha/). Comm1 (600) seems to support the Skt.
back“And then commence with the activity” is based on the Tib. (138a.1): /phyi nas las ni brtsams par bya/. The meaning of the Skt. compound karmavivardhitaḥ is not clear in this context.
backComm1 (601) states, “it is suchness, the same taste as emptiness, which is the essence of homa and its associated rites.”
backThe Tib. (138a.2) seems to interpret the Skt. śubhadravya (auspicious substance) as “semen” (khu ba) even though it parses this and the following sentences differently.
backThe Tib. (138a.2) parses and reads this and the preceding sentences differently: “In homa rites of pacifying, enriching, / Overpowering and bringing seminal fluid into existence, / [Each] activity is fulfilled entirely / Through the homa of feces, urine, blood, marrow, / Bone, and human flesh” (/zhi ba rgyas pa bdang dang ni/ /khu ba srid pa’i sbyin sreg la/ /bshang gci khrag dang rkang dang ni/ /rus pa sha chen sbyin sreg gi/ /thams cad las ni kha bkang yin/). Comm2 (999) reads this as a way to do homa with the body composed of the five ambrosias, if fasting in order for the homa rite.
backThe Tib. (138a.2–3) seems to translate the name of this samādhi as “The Wisdom Vajra That Accomplishes the Vajra Wisdom Circle of the Tathāgata Great Vairocana” (rnam par snang mdzad chen po de bzhin gshegs pa’i rdo rje ye shes kyi ’khor lo sgrub pa’i ye shes rdo rje).
backComm2 (1000) states that this “bhaga” is “the maṇḍala of the bhaga, the triangular syllable e, in the center of the hearth / fire pit.”
backThe Tib. (138a.5) has “eight faces” (zhal brgyad ma), which is supported by some of the Skt. manuscripts. The description of the individual faces later on, however, rather indicates the number seven.
backSome manuscript readings and other elements of her description later on could suggest that she is actually red.
backThe Tib. (138a.6) is missing “a choker, a diadem” and has “bracelets” (lag gdub).
backThe reading “barley flowers” sounds odd, as barley bears no blossoms, but it is supported by the Degé (138a.6) (ya ba’i me tog). Y, K, J, and C have “turmeric flower” (yung ba’i me tog). Some Skt. manuscripts have the reading javā (China rose), but this would contradict the deity’s earlier description as green.
backThe Skt. trimuṇḍaka could suggest a “trident with three human heads [impaled on it].” The Tib. (138b.2) has simply “human head” (mi’i mgo bo).
backComm2 (1001) reads, “Her seventh face is the face of a donkey, which belongs to the family of Śrī Heruka.”
backThe Degé (138b.4) reflects “Heruka” (he ru ka), but Y, K, J, N, and C all reflect “Herukī” (he ru k’i).
backThe Degé (138b.4) has “the ultimate cause” (rgyu’i mchog). Y and K have “the manifester of all accomplishments” (dngos grub thams cad gsal ba pa). J, C, and N have “she to whom all accomplishments are requested” (dngos grub thams cad gsol ba). Comm2 (1001) has “bestower of all accomplishments.”
backAs before, “bhaga” seems to refer here to the central area of the hearth. This is described in Comm1 (603) as “the dharmodaya in the middle of which an enclosure has been piled up.” Comm2 (1001) has, more specifically, “on top of the hearth / fire pit.”
backThe Tib. (139a.1) begins the list with “human skin” (skyes pa’i pags pa), then adds “human fat, blood, flesh, stomach fat(?), and marrow” (tshil dang/ khrag dang/ sha dang/ lto ba’i tshil dang/ rkang).
back“Indra” is missing from the Tib. (139a.1).
backComm1 describes kaṇaya (also spelled kaṇapa / kanapa) as “half-spear” (mdung phed pa).
backInstead of “goblet,” the Tib. (139a.7) has “skull cup” (thod pa).
backComm1 (605) describes the mantrin [bird] as “khyim bya,” which, according to the Negi dictionary, means kukkuṭa (cock).
backStarting from “parrots,” the translation of bird names is influenced by the Degé (139b.2) (ne tso dang/ khra dang/ man tri dang/ bya rgod chen po dang/ bya long ngo). Y and N have “lions” (seng ge) instead of “parrots” (ne tso), which is supported by some Skt. manuscripts but upsets the cohesion of the list that seems to be of birds only.
back“Humans hanged from banyan trees” is missing from the Tib. (139b.2–4) and some of the Skt. manuscripts.
backThe Tib. (139b.2–4) connects this phrase with the previous sentence: “Thus has the Blessed One taught on the Great Vajrabhairava.”
backInstead of “radiant,” the Tib. (139b.5) has “frightening” (’jigs byed ma).
backThe Tib. (140a.1) has “Through just visualizing this” (/’di ni bsgoms pa tsam gyis ni/), reflecting perhaps the reading bhāvyamātreṇa instead of the manuscripts’ bhāvyamānena.
backInstead of paṁ, the Tib. (140a.1) has baṁ (baM).
backThe Degé (140a.4) has “aspired / wished for by the fire of rage” (/khro bo ’bar bas smon pa dang/), but other versions (Y, K, N, H) have “abused / reviled / diminished / thrown by the fire of rage” (/khro bo ’bar bas smod pa dang/), which reflects more closely the Sanskrit.
backThe translation about her being white is uncertain; the passage could just be about the five buddhas on Parṇaśāvarī’s head raining five-colored nectar.
backThe Tib. (140a.4) is missing “five-colored.”
backThis clause is not very clear. The Tib. (140a.5) has “[Her] right and other faces” (g.yas dang gzhan pa’i zhal).
backIn fact, the faces of Parṇaśāvarī have not been described elsewhere in the Sampuṭa. Either the statement implies that her “right and left” faces are the same as the faces of Mārīcī, the goddess described just before this one, or, possibly, the faces of Parṇaśāvarī have been described in the source text from which the description of this goddess was taken.
backThe Degé (140a.5) has “for the sake of [positing] all such illusions [in] the all-ground” (/’di ’dra’i sgyu ma kun gzhi’i phyir/). However, Y and K have “for the sake of pacifying all such illusion” (zhi “pacify” instead of gzhi “ground”). J has a third option: “four” (bzhi).
backThe Tib. (140a.5) connects this sentence with the preceding one: “The blessed tathāgata Great Vajra [thus] taught about Parṇaśāvarī, remover of all illnesses” (nad thams cad ’joms par byed pa’i ri khrod ma shing lo can zhes bya ba bcom ldan ’das de bzhin gshegs pa rdo rje chen pos bka’ stsal to/).
backComm2 (1034) calls him “Vetālasaṃvara” (ro langs kyi bde mchog).
backComm1 (607) states that “the great preta” is Bhairava (’jigs byed), i.e., a wrathful form of Śiva.
backIt is not clear how he is “furnished” with these syllables. The Tib. (140b.2) simply has “furnished with each letter” (yi ge yi ge yang dag ldan). Comm1 (608-609) glosses this as “[He] is adorned according to where the different letters are joined [to him] through the exchange of light rays back and forth.”
backIt is not clear whether his faces are each adorned with one of the syllables, or he is adorned with them some other way.
backIt is not clear whether one visualizes the deity or the target, or the target in the form of the deity. The Skt. also includes the phrase pādam ārabhya (starting from the feet), not reflected in the Tibetan, possibly referring to the target’s body.
backInstead of “drip” the Tib. (140b.3) has “ripen,” “issue forth,” “digest” (’ju ba = Skt. pariṇati). All the Skt. manuscripts, however, are unambiguous in the reading “drip.”
backTib. (140b.4–5) (/des ni rdo rje mtshon cha yis/ /’bar ba dang ni khrag gi lus/).
backInstead of “sucking,” the Degé (140b.5) has “frighten” (’jigs). However, N and H have “suck” (’jib), whereas Y and K have “destroy” (’jig).
backSkt., oṁ vajraḍākini amukasya raktam ākarṣaya hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ vajrarākṣasa bhakṣayemaṃ phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ hrīḥ ṣṭrīḥ vikṛtānana hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backComm1 (609) states that this is a “camel,” not Vajrakrodha, per se. Comm2 (1004) states, “While visualizing himself as the one-faced, two-armed Yamāntaka, transformed from the syllable hūṁ, he should visualize a camel standing on the maṇḍala of wind. He should imagine that [the target], riding on its back, is led to the southern direction.”
backThe translation of this sentence follows the interpretation as found in Comm2 (1004): “If he writes [the victim’s name] using ink from leaves gathered from trees blown by the wind, mixed with dirt from the footprint of the enemy, and then conceals it in a camel hoof, [the enemy] will be driven off.” This interpretation seems to be supported also by the Degé (141a.3–4): “He should form the victim’s name using leaves [felled by] swirls of wind and earth from [the victim’s] footprint, and conceal it in the hoof of a diamond-headed one (i.e., a camel)” (/rlung gi dkyil ’khor lo ma dang/ /de yi nges par rkang rjes sa/ /rdo rje’i mgo bo rkang par ni/ /de yi ming ni gzung bas sba/). Comm1 (610), however, seems to interpret this in terms of visualization rather than ritual prescription: “The Vajrakrodhas cause [the victim] to be concealed in camel hooves means that they conceal dirt left by him, tied up in leaves.”
backThe Tib. (141a.4–5) has “head hair of a brahmin and body hair of a śramaṇa” (bram ze’i skra dang dge sbyong spus).
backThe Degé (141a.4–5) has, “Having wrapped an owl feather with the head hair of a brahmin and [another] with the body hair of a monk, he should write on them the names of the [two] enemies, [one on each], interspersed with the mantra, and bury them” (/bram ze’i skra dang dge sbyong spus/ /’ug pa’i gshog pa dkris nas ni/ /de ming sngags kyi nang bcug ste/ /bris nas sa la sbas nas ni/). Comm2 (1004) glosses this as follows: “Having written the names of the two enemies on crow and owl feathers, respectively, he should wrap one in the hair of a brahmin and the other in the hair of a monk, and bury them. If, when doing so, he visualizes that they become enemies and fight, the enemies will be divided.” Comm1 (610) has only “owl feathers” but mentions “two separate containers,” suggesting two names, the names of the targets between whom one intends to draw a wedge.
backComm1 (610) explains that the deity is visualized transformed from the syllable cī. Comm2 (1004) explains that the horse-headed deity transforms from the syllable ca (a corruption of cī?). Comm1 (610) further explains that cī figures in the visualization as the seed syllable in the deity’s mantra oṁ hayagrīva cī svāhā.
backComm2 (1004) states that this rite is to cause illness: “If he imagines the syllable maṁ at the navel of the target and visualizes that it transforms into a three-headed snake that moves upward, this will draw out the wine [from the enemy’s belly].” Comm1 (611), however, describes this rite as the means to “summon wine that is present in the homes of barmaids and so forth.”
backThe Tib. (141a.6) and Comm2 (1004) have just “green” (ljang gu). Comm1 (611), however, has “green with a slightly yellow tint.”
backThe Tib. (141a.6) has “eight hands” (phyag brgyad pa).
backAgain, the Tib. (141a.7) has “green” (ljang gu).
backFor “Viṣṇu, Śiva, and so forth,” the Tib. (141b.1) is using their specific epithets: “Nārāyaṇa, Maheśvara, and so forth” (sred med kyi bu dang/ dbang phyug chen po la sogs pa).
backThe Tib. (141b.2) has yaṁ (yaM) here, then maṁ (maM) just after. Comm2 (1004) confirms maṁ.
backComm2 (1004) elaborates that one visualizes a “three-headed snake moving upward.”
backThe oldest Skt. manuscript has “inside it”; all the others have “around it.”
backStarting from “with the seven seeds of wind,” the Degé (141b.4) translates this sentence as, “By inhaling the syllable ya, the seed syllable of all seven winds, Mahendra, who is marked with the syllable laṁ, conceals [the winds] within [himself]” (ya’i rnam pa rlung bdun po kun gyi sa bon dbugs rngub pas nang du sbas te/ dbang chen laM gis mtshan pas sba’o/). Y, J, K, C, and N have (mtshan pa), instead of (mtshan pas), in which case the latter portion would read, “By inhaling the syllable ya, the seed syllable of all seven winds, one conceals Mahendra, who is marked with the syllable laṁ.”
backComm2 (1004) says that the central figure is Nīlāmbaradhara (gos sngon po can), a form of Vajrapāṇi.
backThis syllable could be ni(?).
backThe Degé (141b.6–7) and other versions have “frightens” (’jigs par byed) rather than “causes the dissolution” (’jig par byed), which might be easily explained away as a scribal error, but Comm2 (1004) clearly interprets this as “Mahābhairava” (’jigs byed chen po), who with his “gaping mouth” (the first of eight) draws in the seven waters and drinks them.
backComm1 (612) glosses these as “a multitude of complete Vajrakrodha bodies.”
backThe Tib. (142a.1) has “a sword, a wrathful gesture, an arrow, a noose, a bow, and a vajra scepter” (ral gri dang/ sdigs mdzug dang/ mda’ dang/ zhags pa dang/ gzhu dang/ rdo rje).
backThe Tib. (142a.3) has hūṁ (hUM) after the second “smother.”
backSkt., oṁ sumbha nisumbha vajramuṣalena cūrṇaya vighnān hūṁ phaṭ.
back“Instantly” is missing from the Tib. (142a.4).
backComm2 (1005) identifies this deity as “Nīlāmbāradhara with the face of a garuḍa, seated on the eight nāgas.”
backThe Tib. (142a.5) has instead “with blue wings, drying up a river torrent with a stroke of its beak,” (gshog pa’i mdog sngon po yang mchus bsnun pas chu bo’i tshogs skems par byed do/). The Tibetan seems to reflect the reading nīla (blue) rather than anila (wind). We could get the meaning “drying up a river torrent” if we interpreted the compound āsīmavahni as “torrent that has reached the banks.” The mantra that follows, however, seems to be about extinguishing fire rather than drying up a river.
backSkt., oṁ vajranārāyaṇa nirvāpaya vahniṃ navāmbumeghaiḥ hūṁ.
backComm2 (1005) calls this whole section a “visualization of Tārā.” Comm1 (616) is more specific, referring to the deity as “Kurukulle.”
backThe Tib. (142a.7) has, strangely, “and the left [leg] is stretched out, in [a position] of great fear” (/g.yon brkyang ’jigs pa chen po ni/), seemingly connecting this to the next line which describes the position of legs.
backComm1 (616) states that “great garment” is “skin of the god of desire / a god of the desire [realm]” (’dod pa’i lha’i pags pa).
backThere is a play on words in the Skt., as the name of the day specified here is, in the Hindu calendar, aśoka-aṣṭamī (the sorrowless eighth), and the name of the tree is aśoka (sorrowless).
backThe ten-syllable mantra is oṁ tāre tuttare ture svāhā.
backThe Tib. (142b.6) spells this name “Vajrakīlikīla.”
backIn the Skt., the endings seem to indicate that the description of the attributes held in the hands refers to the main deity rather than the four goddesses; in the Tib. (142b.6–7), however, this appears to refer to the entourage of goddesses. Because of the ambiguity of BHS-influenced endings, the translation here follows the Tibetan version.
backThe translation of the second part of this sentence follows, in part, the Tib. (142b.7–143a.1). The Skt. is a bit unclear and, in a literal translation, would read “they drip jewels from the initiation vase.”
backSkt., oṁ mahāsukhavajratejaḥ hūṁ.
backThis statement refers to the rite just described about averting lightning (vajra), but this time taking the word vajra to mean the male sex organ. Comm1 (618) glosses this as “reversing the [flow of seminal fluid in the] vajra (vajra).” It elaborates, “This incidentally teaches the arrest of the vajra as an inner principle, that is to say, preventing the bodhicitta from being lost outside the jewel [i.e., the male organ]… . Through binding it, one ‘turns back the vajra,’ for turning back is precisely binding. When one does this, one manifests the state of the vajra holder, the nature of undefiled (zag pa med pa) bliss, which is called the supreme state of the unexcelled yoga of the primordial protector.”
backA reference is being made to the rites of the three-faced Kurukullā described earlier.
back“Respectfully give” is the translation of the Skt. vand, which, in the context, means to follow the ritual prescribed for giving a tilaka.
backSkt., oṁ amukī me hrīṁ vaśībhavatu.
backSkt., oṁ candrārka mā cala mā cala tiṣṭha tiṣṭha hevajrāya svāhā.
backBoth the Degé (143a.7) and Comm2 (1006) transliterate kuṭhārachinnā (axe filings) without translating it. This term, however, is translated as “axe cuttings” (lta res bcad pa) in the description of the next rite (Tib. 143b.1).
backSkt., oṁ vajrakartari hevajrāya svāhā.
backVajra seems to be used here in the meaning of the male sexual organ.
backComm1 (621) speaks of “constricting the semen and perspiration / blood,” but overall is not very clear.
backThe Degé (143b.1–2) has “burn” (bsregs) instead of “mixed,” but other versions (N, H) have “mix” (bsres).
backSkt., oṁ vajrakuṭhāra sphāṭaya sphāṭaya phaṭ phaṭ svāhā.
backIf this is a god, one would be using an effigy.
backComm1 (621) states that this procedure involves incanting the clay used for making the effigy with the oṁ āḥ phuḥ mantra 108 times, while visualizing the mantra transforming into Ananta.
backThe Degé (143b.5–6) is missing “in a proud and cruel frame of mind.”
backThere are eight phuḥ syllables, one of (“for”?) each of the eight nāga kings.
backSkt., oṁ ghuru ghuru ghaḍa ghaḍa śama śama ghoṭaya ghoṭaya anantakṣobhakarāya nāgādhipataye he he ru ru ka saptapātālagatān nāgān ākarṣaya varṣaya tarjaya garjaya phuḥ phuḥ phuḥ phuḥ phuḥ phuḥ phuḥ phuḥ hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ phaṭ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ tarjaya tarjaya śmaśānapriyāya phaṭ svāhā.
backThe Tib. (144a.1) translates the Skt. udaya more literally, as “arising”; this chapter title in the Tibetan translation is, “The Arising of the Meditation for All Rites” (las thams cad kyi bsam gtan ’byung ba).
backI.e., on the central prong of the vajra scepter (cf. Szanto 2012, p. 368).
backI.e., the aforementioned five tathāgatas and eight bodhisattvas. The translation here is based on the Skt. reading (corroborated by the corresponding passage in the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra) tridaśa-aṇḍānāṃ, which could also convey, as a metaphor, the meaning “the sphere of gods.” The Tib. (144a.5) has “In the egg of the three phases in the middle / Dissolves (merges) the wisdom deity” (/dbus su skabs gsum sgo nga la/ ye shes lha ni thim par bya/), which seems to reflect a different Skt. reading—we would have to substitute tridaśa (thirteen, or thirty-three) for tridaśā (three phrase [of life]).
backThe other three are Vajrapāśī, Vajrasphoṭā, and Tāriṇī.
backInstead of “firmly ascertain,” the Degé (144a.7) has “demonstrate / teach” (bstan par bya), but other versions (J, K, C) have “make firm / stabilize” (brtan par bya).
backComm2 (626) interprets this as the act of sexual penetration.
backThe translation of this line follows the Tib. (144b.3) (rdo rje pad+ma kun zhugs pa), as the BHS grammar is not clear.
backThe change of the interlocutor to Vajradhara reflects the correspondence of this section with the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra. The Tib. (144b.3) has “king of vajra holders” (rdo rje’i ’dzin pa’i rgyal po).
back“Vajra bell,” as Comm2 (627) explains, is a “bell marked with a half-vajra,” i.e., a vajra handle.
backComm2 (627) states, “To sound only wisdom means that it is only reality that is resounding.”
backComm2 (628) states, “It is arrayed with [images of] gems, plants, and sprouts. It has the form of an utpala that has not yet bloomed. ‘Tranquil’ refers to [its] vajra [part] that does not resound.”
backComm2 (628) describes him as Buddha Akṣobhya.
backAccording to Comm2 (628), the nine deities are the eight bodhisattvas, Padmapāṇi (Avalokiteśvara), and so forth, on the prongs in the eight cardinal and intermediate directions, along with Vajrasattva on the central prong.
backBoth the Degé (144b.5) and Comm2 (629) seem to have interpreted the Skt. word uttara (in jagottarā) as a verbal adjective with the causative force (“one that liberates”).
backSupplied on the authority of the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra.
backComm2 (630) elaborates, “The form of the bell, at the center of which is empty space, is the desire realm. The nature of the lotus in bloom and facing down, which is on the top of the bell, is the form realm. On top of what is surrounded by the lotus is the dimension of formless existence, i.e., the formless realm.”
backThe “middle part” seems to be the bell clapper.
backBeing “in the middle” is somewhat ambiguous. Comm2 (631) seems to interpret this as the position of the vajra scepter and the bell when they are held during a ritual.
backInstead of “the turning of the lotus,” the Tib. (145a.3) has “the turning of desire” (’dod pa’i bskor ba), reflecting a hypothetical Skt. reading kāmāvartaṃ, rather than the manuscripts’ kamalāvartaṃ, i.e., the name of a particular hand gesture. The adopted reading of the manuscripts is supported also by Comm2 (631–632).
backThe Tib. (145a.4) adds “to the north” (byang du), which is one of the possible translations of the Skt. uttare.
backApabhraṃśa, soha•i vajjam ullālu tāri•a satvavimokhe| dharmavimokhe kajja tuṅgaṃ vajja dracchā adharantu.
backSkt., oṁ vajradharmaraṇita praraṇita saṃpraraṇita sarvabuddhakṣetracāline prajñapāramitānādasvabhāve vajrasattvahṛdayasaṃtoṣaṇi hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ ho ho ho svāhā.
backSkt., oṃ sarvatathāgatasiddhivajrasamaye tiṣṭha eṣa tvā dhārayāmi hiḥ hi hi hi hi hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
back“In his heart” is missing from the Tib. (145a.7) and also from some of the Skt. manuscripts.
backComm1 (636) interprets sitadhātu (khams dkar po), literally “white element,” as “bone.”
backThe grammar of the Skt. sentence is not very clear. The Degé (145b.6) seems to be saying, “Since the stūpa[-bead represents] the faculty of / lordship over dharma / [The beads] above [it] are the dharmadhātu (sphere of phenomena)” (/mchod rten chos kyi dbang po’i phyir/ /steng du yang ni chos kyi dbyings/). Comm1 (637) elaborates, “While threading the beads on the knot of the cord’s two ends, he should think, ‘The stūpa is the essence of the dharmas of powers, fearlessness, etc.’ The other beads on top of that are the sphere of phenomena, possessing the essence of suchness, the actualization of all phenomena.”
backComm1 (637) explains that the syllable a on the palm of the right hand, which transforms instantly into a five-pronged vajra scepter, is blessed by the sun. On the left hand one visualizes the form of a lotus, with the fingers as the petals. It has also transformed from the letter a, which is the seed syllable of ambrosia, and is blessed by a white moon. One holds the rosary between them, visualizing it to be the deity.
backIt seems that Comm1 (637) interprets sarvatattvena (“as completely real”) as “[visualize it] as the nature of the deity.”
backComm1 (637–638) explains, “So the left hand, which is not the vajra, becomes the vajra? Why? This is because the vajra is indivisible from the right hand.”
backComm2 (638) explains the “principle of reality” (tattva) as “emptiness, suchness.”
backThis Apabhraṃśa passage is very obscure. The translation here is influenced by Comm1 (638) and the Degé (146a.3). The latter seems to read, “Since [suchness] is the cause of all syllables / It is the exquisite essence of forms; / [Thus] by [realizing] the number of the essence of mantras that should be counted / [To be] an illusion, one will accomplish the heart / essence of the yoginīs” (/yi ge rnams kyi rgyu las ni/ /gzugs kyi snying po mdzas pa ste/ /sngags kyi snying po bgrang ba’i grangs/ /rdzun pas rnal ’byor ma snying ’grub/).
backSkt., oṁ pade pade mahājñānaṃ sarvabuddham ahaṃ bhave hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ ho ho ho aḥ svāhā. The Tib. (146a.4) has khaṃ (khaM) before svāhā.
backAccording to Comm1 (639), the mind of sameness is “the mind of awakening, in which wisdom and compassion are of a single taste.”
backThe Tib (146a.7) has “samaya buddhas” (sangs rgyas dam tshig), which reflects one of the Skt. variants. This variant, however, is unmetrical and grammatically less viable.
backAccording to Comm1 (640) this means two different choices, “the instantaneous recitation” or the “gradual recitation,” which involve the left or right hand on the rosary, respectively.
backThe “path” here seems to refer to one of the nine possible routes through which the consciousness leaves the body at the time of death.
back“Existence” is missing from the Tib. (146b.3), which has for this line, “The wrong path, moreover, has faults” (/ngan pa’i lam yang skyon rnams nyid/).
backThe Degé (146b.3) interprets “above” as “above the navel” (lte ba’i steng na). N and H make “above” a separate item.
back“So forth” seems to refer to the mouth.
backComm1 (642) lists the nine gates as “(1) the ‘drop,’ meaning the cavity between the eyebrows … (2) the cavity at the navel (bellybutton) … (3) ‘above,’ meaning the golden gate … (4) the eyes … (5) the nose … (6) the mouth … (7) the ears … (8) the urethra … and (9) the anus.” Comm2 (1011) confirms this.
backIn the Tib. (146b.5) this half-stanza reads, “Since the eight hells are [reached through] the anus / In order to abandon such [a fate], O son of noble family, [I have taught] the characteristics of transference into [different] realms” (/dmyal ba brgyad ni btung min pas/ /de ltar spang phyir rigs kyi bu/ /srid pa’i ’pho ba’i mtshan nyid ni/).
backAccording to Comm2 (1011) this means that “one should meditate on the practice of transference intently before being stricken by illness and so forth.”
backThe translation of this highly enigmatic half-stanza is interpretive, based on Comm3 (1591–1592), which seems to understand the “five protrusions of the stūpas” (pañcasphoṭikastūpānām) as the five syllables visualized as blocking the five upper subtle channels (the “stūpas”). It later specifies the number of these syllables as eight, but this inconsistency could perhaps be due to the fact that three of the gates (eyes, ears, and nostrils) require using the same syllable. Other commentaries identify the “five protrusions” differently. Comm1 (642–645) and Butön (F.316a.3–4) identify this as the human body, the “protrusions” being the head, arms, and legs. Bhavabhaṭṭa (Sz 4.3.43cd) interprets the “five protrusions” (or the “five bursts”) as the syllable hūṁ. Durjayacandra (f.45v1–2) seems to identify these five as the five subtle channels with the natures of the five buddhas, converging at the throat. The “stūpa” is interpreted by all commentators except Indrabhūti as a location. Comm1 (642–645) and Butön (F. 316a.3–4) identify it as the head, Durjayacandra (f.45v1–2) as the heart, and Bhavabhaṭṭa (Sz 4.3.43cd) as the space between the eyebrows. In the Degé (146b.6–7) this half-stanza reads, “One should visualize the orifices of the gates / [With] the five shackles of the stūpas” (/mchod rten rnams kyi lcags sgrog lnga/ /sgo yi bug pa’i sgom pa ni/). Given the differences between the sources, the interpretation adopted here and in the following verses should be regarded as only one of several possibilities.
backAccording to Comm3 (1592), “below them” refers to the five gates just mentioned. Bhavabhaṭṭa (Sz 4.3.44ab) identifies the syllable of water as the white suṁ. In the Degé (146b.7) this sentence reads, “[Next] is the gate below them. / The seed [syllable should be] white / clear like water” (/de bas dma’ ba’i sgo nyid do/ /sa bon chu ltar dkar po nyid/). Y, K, and N read, “At the gate below them / Is the white, water-like [seed] syllable.”
backAccording to Bhvabhaṭṭa (Sz 4.3.44cd) this syllable is kṣmryuṁ.
backThe Degé (146b.7–147a.1) has, “Focusing intently on the previously [mentioned] breathing / One should meditate on the vase breathing” (/de yi dang po dbugs kyi yang/ /de la shin tu mnyam gzhag pas/ /dbugs ni bum pa can bsgom bya/). Comm1 (643) states that “the seed syllables that have been and will be explained are connected with the vase breathing of before.” The Degé and Comm1 possibly reflect the variant reading in the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra, “of the vase breathing” (kumbhasya śvāsasya).
backThe commentaries diverge here in their interpretation quite a lot. Comm1 (643) has “ ‘possessing the color of wind’ means blue, the body is the hūṁ syllable [visualized at the eyes]—this is a visualization of the pure mind as the maṇḍala of wind. This syllable of hūṁ is only white through the transference, and so forth.” Comm2 (1012) has, “ ‘One should visualize the maṇḍala of wind / On the body as the color of wind’ means that one should visualize a light blue smryuṁ syllable at the crown.”
backThe intended meaning of this highly obscure half-stanza can only be speculated upon. The translation here is based on the Skt. reading (“the edges of wind”) as reflected in the Lhasa edition. The only Sampuṭa commentary that seems to support (or at least not contradict) this reading is Comm3 (1593), where we read, “ ‘The root of the seed of wind’ [is explained as follows:] ‘root’ refers to the ‘wind of shape’ (dbyibs kyi rlung). Below that is the karmic wind that goes from the edge to the top.” The remaining commentaries seem to reflect the reading “the wind is its root,” adopted also by the Degé edition. Butön (F.316a.3–4) interprets the “syllable of wind” and its “root” as the beginningless continuity of cause and effect, rather than their visualized spatial aspects: “ ‘The root of the seed of wind’ indicates, like [seed, root,] and sprout, that it comes about from a beginningless continuity of cause and effect.” Comm2 (1012) says, “ ‘Its root is wind’ means that the seed syllable hūṁ is at the root of the maṇḍala of wind.” Comm1 (643) says, “The seed syllable of wind is yuṁ. Since the root of wind is its (the seed syllable’s) roots, [wind] is rooted in its seed syllable. This incidentally indicates all variety of notions, such as seed, sprout, and the rest, in which ‘the entities of fruition and cause are related in an uninterrupted continuity.’ ”
backThe commentaries do not help very much in interpreting this half-stanza. Comm2 (1012) seems to reflect a different Skt. reading: “ ‘The ground replete with the anusvara and sound / Conducts the syllable of mind’ means that the syllable haṁ, ‘the syllable of mind,’ is conducted by sound.” Comm1 (643) says, roughly, “[the seed syllable] contains the anusvara and the ‘sound’ (the vowel u); thus, the seed syllable of yuṁ is visualized at the ears and nostrils.” Szanto (Sz 4.3.46, English tr.) interpreted the corresponding verse in the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra based on Bhavabhaṭṭa’s commentary, and translated it as follows: “After having affixed [to it] the drop and the roar, [the yogin / should visualize] a wind-syllable at the base and / [another] wind[-syllable] at the [other] end of the base./ [With these] he should [start] drawing the root-syllable.”
backThe Tib. (147a.1–2) has, “One should join the syllable of Vajrī / To the hook of Ghorā and so forth. / Ghorā pulls [the syllable] / Through the ten and twenty-four places” (/rdo rje can gyi sa bon gyis/ /’jigs pa’i lcags kyu la sogs sbyar/ /gnas ni bcu dang nyi shu ni/ /rtsa bzhi gnas las ’jigs mas dgug/). It seems that this verse marks the beginning of the section on the mystic heat (Caṇḍālī), here practiced as part of consciousness transference. Comm1 (643) explains, “ ‘Ghorā’ is at the navel as Caṇḍālī, who, because of incinerating all thoughts, is difficult to implement; thus it is the place that frightens those of meager inclination. Through the hook-like shape of its light rays …”
backComm2 (1012) explains, “ ‘Through the nine junctures, on top’ means the ‘Brahmā aperture.’ ” The second part of the same statement seems to reflect a different Skt. reading: “ ‘The seed of the eyebrows planted on top’ means ‘exclaiming loudly with wind.’ ”
backComm1 (645) states, “ ‘Tuft of ūrṇā’ means ‘between the eyebrows.’ ”
backThe Tib. (147a.2) seems to reflect a different Skt. reading: “The white tuft of hair at the ūrṇā should be joined / With the one and a half seed syllables” (/mdzod sbu skra dkar sa bon gyi/ /yi ge phyed dang gnyis kyis sbyar/). Comm1 (644) only adds to the confusion: “haṁ and hūṁ are the seed syllables that indicate here the diminishment of white hair. In the context of gaining internal familiarity, these should be led to the juncture just below the ūrṇā.” (“White hair” seems to be the code word for the tuft of ūrṇā). Then it carries on (644–45): “With the syllable plus half, hi ki [sic], one should purify the golden gate, at the top of the nine gates.”
backThis verse describes the derivation of the syllable hik. Comm2 (1012) explains, “ ‘The fierce vajra seed’ means the sound hig. ‘Should be connected to the hook’ means that the consciousness is conducted by the hook of the syllable hig to abide at the drop of the fontanelle, drawn up to the fontanelle. Does it draw [consciousness] until there? [No, consciousness] is drawn by the fierce [sound] through the ten places and the twenty-four places. This means the consciousness is drawn by the fierce syllable hig through those places. And what are those places? They are Jālandhara, at the golden gate [of the fontanelle], and the rest.”
backThe translation of this half-stanza is uncertain. The Degé (147a.3) has, “Using wind, one should propel the seed syllable from below / With a continuous sound./” (/rlung gis sa bon ’og ma las/ /sgra ni sgra yis bskul bar bya/). Y, K, N, C, and H, however, all have the genitive particle (gi) instead of the instrumental (gis) after “wind,” making it read, “One should propel the seed syllable of wind from below / With a continuous sound.”
backStarting from the second half-stanza of the previous verse, the Tib. (147a.4) has, “Joined with the seed syllable of wind / And with the mind as the maṇḍala of wind, / [One should propel the consciousness] upward in stages / Through the twenty-four places” (/rlung gi sa bon ldan pa dang/ /rlung gi dkyil ’khor sems kyis ni/ /gnas ni nyi shu rtsa bzhir ni/ /de nas steng nas steng du mchog/). The procedure described here appears somewhat different and much more complex when elaborated upon by Bhavabhaṭṭa in his commentary (cf. Sz 4.3.50–51, English tr.).
backIt is a mystery what the “upper letter”—the reading supported by the Tib. (147a.4)—might be. Some manuscripts have “upper root” instead, and the Capuṣpīṭha has “half-root.” Bhavabhaṭṭa’s commentary on the Catuṣpīṭha (4.3.51cd) describes this as a mixture of phlegm, semen, and menstrual blood.
backThe Tib. (147a.4–5) has, “From the highest point of the nine orifices / One’s consciousness should suddenly eject [itself]” (/bu ga dgu yi steng mchog nas/ /’phral du yid kyis ’pho bar byed/).
backThe Tib. (147a.5) has “every day” (nyin shing) instead of “god,” but Comm1 (646} supports the reading “god.”
back“Vajra” is here an abbreviation of “Vajragarbha.”
backComm2 (1014) describes this as the “maṇḍala of Vajrasattva,” at the center of which are the syllables.
backComm1 (654) identifies this syllable as hūṁ. Comm2 (1014), however, specifies five syllables: hūṁ, oṁ, trāṁ, hrīḥ, and a.
backThe meaning of this sentence is not clear. The Tib. (147a.7–147b.1) has “This [syllable], blazing with light rays like the sun/ Has a nature signified / reflected / revealed by mind” (/’di ni nyi ma’i ’od zer ’bar/ /ngo bo sems kyis mtshon par bya/). N and H have the genitive (yi) after “this” (’di) instead of the topical particle (ni), making it read, “The sun[-like] light rays of this [syllable] / Are, by their nature, signified / reflected / revealed by the mind.”
backComm2 (1014) elaborates, “ ‘With the previous described characteristics’ means, having cleansed the mind of impurities, one should, through transferring [the mind] into emptiness by means of breaking apart [forms], transfer all forms of objects into emptiness.”
backComm2 (1014) adds that one brings the life-force into the central channel, and visualizes oneself as the deity called “Gnosis Ambrosia.”
backAccording to Comm2 (1014), “ ‘Consciousness’ means nonconceptual cognition of the three joys, which arise from bringing the life-force wind into the central channel. ‘Gnosis’ is that which sees into the mind’s emptiness of subject-object duality.”
backComm2 (1014) interprets “unwavering” (niṣkampam) as “free from the eighty natures,” and “untroubled” (nirupadrutam) as “free from emotional and cognitive obscurations.”
backComm2 (1014) interprets “One should meditate merging with the essence” (bhāvayed bhāvabhāvena) as “One should visualize through … self-reflective cognition the form of emptiness.”
backThe Degé (147b.6) has, “Then, the wise one should observe / The external practices / With a frame of mind set on two locations / And with the mind as the maṇḍala of wind” (/de nas phyi rol rnal ’byor rnams/ /rnam par mkhas pas gzung bar bya/ /gnas gnyis kyi ni sems dang ni/ /rlung gi dkyil ’khor sems kyis ni/). Comm2 (1015) states, “Now that the inner practice has been taught, the pith instructions for reading the minds of others is taught with the statements, ‘then, the outer practice,’ and so forth. ‘One meditates on the dualistic mind’ means that one meditates on both the mind that is apprehended and the one apprehending.” Both the Degé and Comm2 seem to reflect a Skt. variant not corroborated by any of the five manuscripts used, as none of them contains a phrase that could be translated as “mind set on two locations,” or “dualistic mind.”
backAs the root text here seems vague and incomplete, the translation was influenced by Comm2 (1015), which elaborates, “Surrounding the heart is the wind [maṇḍala] transformed from the syllable yaṁ. At its center is the fire [maṇḍala] transformed from the syllable raṁ. At its center is a sun disk, on top of which are the vowels and consonants, which transform into a sun and moon joined. At the center of that, one should visualize the syllable, red in color, of the nine male and female deities in union.”
backComm2 (1015) explains, “One should visualize those maṇḍalas [that are in one’s heart] to also be in the heart of the target. Then, the practitioner should do recitation with the exhalation and inhalation of the breath. When exhaling, he should expel the air in the form of hūṁ, the seed syllable of gnosis, and strike the center of the target’s heart.”
backThe translation of this sentence is an approximation of different Skt. and Tib. readings that would be difficult to report in detail. Comm2 (1015), commenting on this and the previous verses, explains, “While inhaling one should strike the seed syllable at one’s heart in the manner of a flower. Through thus reciting with the exhalation and inhalation of breath, one meditates in union with the suchness of another’s mind, based on which one will gain familiarity with concentration and surely reach accomplishment in knowing another’s mind.”
backComm2 (1016) interprets this as follows: “ ‘The practitioner manifests’ means that through visualizing the bodies of others through the circulation of the inhalation and exhalation of the breath one mingles with the consciousness of others.”
backAs this seems to refer to the transference of consciousness at the time of death, the “nature of gnosis” (jñānarūpam) could also be interpreted, perhaps, as the mental “form” that one is about to eject.
backComm2 (1016) explains, “ ‘Then, visualizing that one has transformed into the form of wisdom, like a lamp,’ means that while imagining the lamp-like nonconceptual wisdom based on the wind of space, the wise one should perform the rituals of transference and so forth.”
backComm2 (1016) explains, “Well, what is the difference between nondual gnosis and the mind of a listener, and so forth? ‘The suchness of hearers and so forth / Is eloquently explained here,’ means that the mind of a listener or a solitary buddha meditates upon nonconceptuality for their own sake, having realized the absence of personal self.”
back“One should observe” follows the Tib. (148a.4) (dmigs); the Skt. has “One should rely on.”
backConnecting this with the previous verse, Comm2 (1016) explains, “First, the mind of the listener is the lamp-like self-reflective awareness. Later, the continuum of conceptuality is severed.”
backInstead of “relying,” the Tib. (148a.5) has “observing” (dmigs).
backComm2 (1016–1017) explains, “Since the method lacks intrinsic nature / All such [concepts] should be discarded.”
backThe interlocutor is introduced here, by conjecture, as “the goddess” in anticipation of the address to her, “O fair-faced one,” which comes at the end of this section. It is not possible, however, to ascertain which goddess, without first tracing this section to its source tantra.
backComm2 (1017) understands this to be mundane consciousness.
backThe Tib. (148a.5) has instead, “by which gnosis / consciousness is consciousness differentiated” (ye shes gang gis ye shes khyad par du ’phags lags/).
backComm1 (1017) glosses “secret” as “ ‘secret’ because of not being the purview of lesser [beings].”
backInstead of “wretched,” the Tib. (148a.6) has “day” (nyi ma), which could be a misreading of the Skt. dīna (wretched) as dina (day).
backThe Tib. (148a.6) has an extra passage after this line: “It should be understood that humans / Have [these] five different consciousnesses” (/mi la rnam shes khyad par ni/ /rnam pa lnga ru shes par bya/). Comm1 (660) seems to support this, with, “The consciousness of humans possesses the character of whatever kind is clearer.” Comm2 is silent on this.
backComm1 (662) explains, “Because [this tantra] is superior to all other tantras, it is from this exalted / superior [text], i.e., from this Sampuṭa tantra, that one realizes [gnosis].” Comm2 (1017), however, seems to understand this passage somewhat differently, glossing it as, “It is not to be taught to such (stupid) people,” meaning, perhaps, they are not elevated by the yoga treatises, since the gnosis and the treatises that teach it are beyond their purview.
backComm1 (662) explains, “After Buddha Dīpaṁkara, in this buddhafield preaching happened for many eons only through these precious tantra classes, which are the essence of all tantras. This did not happen through any other perfected buddha [only Śākyamuni]. Therefore [the Blessed One explained that], ‘inspired by the nondual gnosis taught here by me … you, who want liberation, should become extremely learned in only these yoga treatises.’ ”
backSkt., oṁ vajrāmṛta mahāsukha haṁ svāhā.
backThe Degé (148b.3) has “Vajraraudrā” (rdo rje drag mo). N has just “Raudrā” (drag mo).
backThe Degé (148b.4) has ghaṇde (ghaNde), but Y, K, J, N, and C have ghaṇṭe (ghaNTe).
backSkt., oṁ vajraguhye siddhaparamayogeśvari kapālamālādhāriṇi rudhirapriye śmaśānavāsini hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajracaṇḍeśvari khaṭvāṅgi mahāvajriṇi kapālamālāmakuṭe ākaḍḍa ākaḍḍa sarvaduṣṭahṛdayam ākaḍḍa rulu rulu bhyo hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ vajrāparājite paramaguhye kapālamālāvibhūṣite sarvaduṣṭamohani priye ehi ehi bhagavati vajraguhyeśvari bahuvividhaveśadhāriṇi sarvaduṣṭanivāriṇi hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ vajravetāli kha kha khahi khahi sarvaduṣṭān vikṛtaveśadhāriṇi vikṛtālaṅkārabhūṣite hana hana daha daha paca paca mā vilamba mā vilamba samayam anusmara praveśaya maṇḍalamadhye utthāpaya sarvaṃ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ ehi ehi bhagavati vajraguhyeśvari bahuvividhaveśadhāriṇi sarvatathāgatapuṣṭe samayam anusmara hana hana raṅga raṅga raṅgāpaya raṅgāpaya pūraya pūraya āviśa āviśa sarvabhūtān narta narta nartāpaya nartāpaya haḥ ha ha ha ha hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ vajraśūlāgri bhinda bhinda sarvaduṣṭahṛdayam ākarṣaya ākarṣaya hana hana daha daha nirmatha nirmatha māraya māraya mā vilamba mā vilamba samayam anusmara hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ vajramāheśvari haṁ haṁ haṁ haṁ haḥ rulu rulu bhyo hūṁ phaṭ bhakṣaya sarvaduṣṭān nirmatha hṛdayaṃ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ sumbhani dīptasamayavajre hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ vajravaṃśe hūṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajravīṇe hūṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajramukunde hūṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajramṛdaṅge hūṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajravaḍavāmukhe yogeśvari hiḥ hi hi hi hi hūṁ jaḥ.
backThe Tib. (149a.6) reflects trāṁ va trāṁ va (trAM va trAM va).
backSkt., oṁ vajradaṃṣṭrāvarāhamukhe trāṁ va va hūṁ.
backSkt., oṁ candrasūryahutāśani siṃhanirnāde siṃhavaktre siṃhini ṭāṁ ṭāṁ vaṁ.
back“Oṁ” has been added on the authority of the Tib. (149a.7).
backSkt., vajradhātusaṃjīvani mahāyakṣiṇi śvānarūpiṇi mahāpralayanirnāde kāmarūpiṇi trāṁ traṭa traṭa hoḥ.
backIt is not clear whether this (adding svāhā at the end) applies to all the mantras of the deities in Heruka’s retinue, or just the last four. The latter option seems more likely.
backSkt., oṁ deva picuvajra hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ trailokyākṣepa hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ jvala jvala bhyo hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ kiṭi kiṭi vajra hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ namo bhagavate vīreśāya hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., mahākalpāgnisaṃnibhāya hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., jaṭāmakuṭotkaṭāya hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., daṃṣṭrākarālograbhīṣaṇamukhāya hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., sahasrabhujabhāsurāya hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., paraśupāśodyataśūlakhaṭvāṅgadhāriṇe hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., vyāghrajināmbaradharāya hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., mahādhūmrāndhakāravapuṣāya hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ śrīheherurukavajra ḍākinījālasaṃvara hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backThe Tib. (149b.5) has an additional hūṁ (hUM).
backSkt., oṁ śrīherukavajra sarvaduṣṭasamayamudrāprabhañjaka hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajravairocanīye buddhaḍākinīye svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ mārīcyai svāhā.
backThe Degé (149b.7) has vattāli vadāli vadāli (vattA li va dA li va dA li). Y and K have vattali vardala varāli (batta li barda la ba rA li). J has vaittali vadali vadāli (bai tA li ba da li ba dA li). N and H have vattāli vadālī varāli (battA li va dA lI va rA li). C has vaitāli vadali vadāli (bai tA li ba da li ba dA li).
backSkt., oṃ mārīcyai vattāli vadāli varāli varāhamukhe svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ piśāci parṇaśavari sarvamāripraśamani hūṁ hūṁ mahodari phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ vajrāṅkuśa ākarṣaya hūṁ.
backSkt., oṁ vajrapāśa bandha hūṁ.
backSkt., oṁ vajrakāli tarjaya hūṁ. The translation given here (as kāli being the ka-series of syllables in the Skt. syllabary) is uncertain.
backSkt., oṁ vajramuṣṭi gṛhṇa hūṁ.
backSkt., oṁ vajrakīla kīlaya hūṁ.
backSkt., oṁ vajramudgara ākoṭaya hūṁ.
backThe reading “Vajraḍākinī” was adopted on the authority of the Degé (150a.1) and all the other editions. All Skt. manuscripts, on the other hand, have the reading “Vajraḍāka.”
backThe Tib. (150a.2) has svāhā (swA hA) after phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ vajraḍāka imaṃ baliṃ gṛhṇa gṛhṇa hūṁ phaṭ | oṁ jaḥ hūṁ vaṁ hoḥ samayas tvaṃ dṛśya hoḥ.
backSkt., oṁ kha kha khāhi khāhi sarvayakṣarākṣasabhūtapretapiśāconmādāpasmāraḍākaḍākinyādaya imaṃ baliṃ gṛhṇantu samayaṃ rakṣantu sarvasiddhiṃ me prayacchantu hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ kiṭi kiṭi vajra hūṁ.
backSkt., oṁ āḥ hūṁ śodhaya śodhaya rakṣa rakṣa hūṁ phaṭ.
backSkt., oṁ vajraḍākini hūṁ phaṭ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ ghori hūṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ caṇḍāli hūṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vetāli hūṁ svāhā.
backThe Degé (150a.4) has phaṭ before svāhā in the last three lines as well. Y has no phaṭ in the mantra of Ghorī. Y and K have no phaṭ in the mantra of Caṇḍālī.
backSkt., ghātaya māraya ākarṣaya.
backIt is not clear whether “this” (iti) refers to the immediately preceding sentence (“Please strike…”), or all the preceding mantras.
backThe Tib. (150a.4) joins the last two sentences, attributing the action to the practitioner: “The mantra practitioner should strike, kill, summon, and dance, according to procedure / rule” (sngags pas cho gas bsnun pa dang/ gsad pa dang/ dgug pa dang/ gar byed pa’o/).
backSkt., oṁ vajrasiṃhini āṃ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajravyāghrī īṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajrajambuke ūṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajra•ulūkāsye ṝṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajrarājendri ḹṁ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajradīptateje aiṁ svāhā.
backThe Degé (150a.5) has auṁ (auM). J and C have oṁ (oM).
backSkt., oṁ vajracūṣaṇi cūṣaya sarvasattvān oṃ svāhā.
backSkt., oṁ vajrakamboje aḥ svāhā.
backThe Tib. (150a.6–7) has for the final syllable not khaḥ but khaṁ (khaM).
backSkt., oṁ kuru kuru samayādhipati hūṁ jaḥ svāhā.
backY and K have hū (hU).
backComm2 (1019) interprets this as, “I will teach how conceptual mind, with its defilements of clinging / fixating, is the ultimate reality of luminosity, exactly as it is.”
backIn the Tib. (150b.3–4), this pāda reads, “[He is] stainless, free of stains” (/dri med dri ma rnam par spangs/). Comm1 (670) reflects in its interpretation the two meanings of kalā, “constituent part” and “semen virile,” and it elaborates, “He is without parts because the parts of joy and so forth are ultimately empty. He is free of parts because the parts of semen are also devoid of intrinsic nature.” Comm2 (1019–1020) possibly reflects the same reading as the Tib. (150b.3–4), and interprets it according to Yogācāra concepts: “As for ‘he is free of stains and free of concepts’ he is ‘free of stains’ means freedom from things with an imagined [nature]. He is ‘free of concepts’ means freedom from things with an other-dependent [nature.]”
backThe Tib. (150b.4) has, “Dwelling in the body and stainless, / He plays within all embodied beings” (/lus la gnas shing nag nog med/ /lus can kun la rnam par rol/). Comm1 (670) has, “He plays, conventionally. ‘In all embodied beings’ means he is connected to everyone in terms of being the nature of that [emptiness]. Ultimately, he is beyond the body, because he is free of the habitual tendencies of the body.” Comm2 (1020) has, “ ‘Stainless’ means great bliss of luminosity. ‘Playing’ amidst all embodied beings means since the mind is luminous it pervades all beings.”
backComm2 (1020) interprets kvacit (in some places / sometimes) throughout this section as “to some [he appears] as …” (“to some he is a bodhisattva,” etc.).
backThe Degé (150b.4) is missing “supreme” (mchog), but Y, K, N, and H have it.
backThe Tib. (150b.5) has instead “makes an offering for [the sake of] great awakening” (byang chub chen por mchod).
backThe Tib. (150b.6–7) has “becomes a valiant one who conquers the triple universe” (dpal ldan ’jig rten gsum las rgyal).
backThe meaning of this half-stanza is not very clear. The Tib. (150b.7) has, “At some point he [attains] the unexcelled mastery of attainments,/ The all-supreme wishfulfilling tree” (/kha cig tu ni dpag bsam shing mchog kun/ /dngos grub dbang phyug bla na med pa nyid/). It seems the Tibetan translators read kalpa not as “ages” or “eons,” but as “thought / wish,” part of a compound for the mythical “wishfulfilling tree” (kalpavṛkṣa). However, the reading of kalpa as “age / eon” is confirmed by the commentaries. Comm2 (675) interprets this as his manifesting as the nirmāṇakāya and being present as the dharmakāya for immeasurable eons for the benefit of beings. Comm2 (1020) is consistent with Comm1 in interpreting this as, “throughout all the ages / eons” (skal ba).
backComm1 (675) interprets this as, “So, since these actions follow upon some cause, they must (“must they”?) have a beginning? No, they are immeasurable, the actions of buddhas from time immemorial, and thus have no origin. Based on the dharmakāya, they are many. Because of this they are included in suchness, meaning the nature of all buddhas, and thus they are subsumed within their nature.”
backThe syntactical link (“since”) with the previous verse is here introduced based on the Tib. (150b.7).
backThere is a play on words in the Sanskrit, as āli / ali can mean both “vowel syllabary” and “bee.”
backComm1 (676) explains, “The ‘bee,’ because it takes and holds unparalleled bliss, is the vowels, which are semen … ‘Vajrabhairava’ means that the form of semen becomes a blessed one.” Comm2 (1021) has, “Connected to the gate of the central channel (avadhūtī), it touches the secret vajra, and is therefore called ‘bee.’ It experiences the three joys as a bee tastes honey. ‘The bee is Vajrabhairava’ means that [this experience] is realized to be bliss-emptiness.”
backComm2 (1021) adds, “ ‘The vowels reach the end of space’ means that bliss-emptiness has the nature of the all-pervading dharmadhātu.”
backInstead of “body,” the Degé (151a.2) has “action” (las), but Y, K, and N have “body” (lus).
backFor the last three pādas (including the last pāda of the previous verse), the Tib. (151a.1–2) has, “It is the ambrosia of all the aggregates, constituents, sense fields, and faculties, and it is the generative principle of all bodies” (/phung po khams dang skye mched dang/ /dbang po kun gyi bdud rtsi dang/ /lus rnams thams cad skye ba nyid/).
backCommenting on the word “all,” Comm1 (677) says, “Because the aggregates and so forth of all beings born through [ambrosia] are gratified through ambrosia, it is ‘all,’ meaning pervasive.”
backComm2 (1021) explains, “The ambrosia-like consciousness, which apprehends the aggregates … should be drawn away from them and brought into the middle of the root, meaning the avadhūtī.” Comm1 (677) clarifies that “the root” is “the root of the lotus at the navel.” Comm2 (1021) further elucidates, “Having blocked the nine gates, bring the life-force wind into the avadhūtī and hold the bodhicitta at the place of the navel.”
backComm2 (1021) interprets “the fluid” as seminal fluid, “bodhicitta”: “One should extract the substance of union, by means of the heat of yoga, which is the sound of Vajrabhairava, causing it to descend through the four cakras.”
backComm1 and Comm2 diverge in their interpretation of the Sanskrit phrase anilānalasaptatvam as, respectively, “the wind, the fire, and the seventh [element]” and “the seven winds and fires.”
backThe translation here follows the interpretation of Comm2 (1021): “The meaning of ‘the seven fires and winds’ means the syllable ha. ‘Joined with the syllable of Vajrī’ means connected with the long [syllable] ū.” The interpretation in Comm1 (677), which interprets the “seventh” as semen, is equally plausible: “the seventh element, semen, which is joined with the ‘syllable of Vajrī,’ or Vajravārāhī, meaning [menstrual] blood.” The Tib. (151a.2) seems to reflect a misreading of vajrī (the goddess Vajrī) as vajrī (= vajrin, i.e., the vajra holder): “The meaning of ‘wind, fire, and the seventh should be joined to the vajra holder’s syllable’ ” (/rlung dang me dang bdun pa’i don/ /rdo rje can gyi sa bon sbyar/). The exact meaning of this verse and the details of the processes it describes are uncertain.
backComm1 (677–678) interprets this in line with its earlier assumption that “seven / seventh” means “semen”: “ ‘The drop / bindu’ is the seventh element (semen) present in the cakra of great bliss. ‘Mere sound’ is the image of blood present at the navel. The ‘pressing together’ of the two is how they become one taste with one another, and if such happens, the bodhicitta descends in a ‘torrent of rain.’ ” Some of the quoted lemmata cannot be accounted for in the Skt. root text.
backComm1 (678) identifies “the first vowel” as a, and understands “the center of” to refer to the lotus of the cakra at the navel.
back“The flower king,” according to Comm1 (678), is menstrual blood.
backComm1 (678) explains, somewhat enigmatically, “A flower takes / receives in particular, meaning that the flower possesses the body, namely, the element of semen. The vajra holder distinguished by that means that the vajra of mind should be held.”
backComm1 (678) explains, “ ‘Cyclic existence’ and so forth means everything, that which is pure and impure. That which serves as the basis, when you are born, is the blood from the mother and the sperm from the father. Through them, one should understand the presentation of the lotus and the vajra, female and male, and mother and father. Here, ‘of the mother’ means blood, and ‘father’ indicates the nature of semen. ‘All over the earth’ is throughout all the divisions of the world.” The Tib. (151a.3–4) reverses the order of pādas in this half-stanza and connects them: “The mother, the basis of all/ Gives birth to cyclic existence for all” (/ma mo kun gyi sa rnams kyang/ /kun la ’khor ba bskyed bar ’gyur/). The word “basis” found in the Tib and Comm1 appears unaccounted for in the Skt. root text.
backThe Tib. (151a.4) has, “In this ocean with waters of gnosis / With its sea monsters of insight and its fish of vowels / Is the sprout in the form of [skillful] means / In the middle of the swamp of nonduality [there]” (/ye shes chu bo rgya mtsho ’dir/ /shes rab chu srin dbyangs kyi nyas/ /gnyis med ’dam gyi dbus su ni/ /thabs kyi rnam pa’i myu gu nyid/). Comm1 (679) clarifies that semen is means, and blood, the insight, and states, “In the swamp where those two mingle is the sprout, or seed, of consciousness.” Comm2 (1022) explains, “In the ocean of luminosity, there is a swamp of concepts with sea monsters, fish, and the like, in the middle of which is the insight that realizes emptiness, the nature of nonduality. From the seed of means [there], which is the four joys, grows the sprout of bliss-emptiness.”
backComm1 (679) explains, “Honey is blood and ambrosia is semen; their receptacle is the navel (possibly ‘navel’ here just means ‘center,’ because the location spoken of seems to be not the navel, but the vagina) of the lotus of the womb, where they are developed.” According to Comm2 (1022), “Honey is nonconceptual bliss. Ambrosia is empty bliss.”
backComm1 (679) has, “The flower and the water refer to blood and semen.” The Tib. (151a.4–5) is unclear; it says, “The consonants and the ambrosia / Turn / mix inside the water and the flower” (/kA li dang ni bdud rtsi nyid / /chu dang me tog nang du ’khor/).
backComm2 (1022) has, “The body born from both means the body born from blood and semen.”
backThe Tib. (151a.5) has, “The procedure of ambrosia-water is supreme, / [For] the body is born from both” (/bdud rtsi chu yi cho ga mchog/ /gnyis las lus ni skye bar ’gyur/). Comm1 (679) explains, “The sun and moon are thus born. The ‘procedure’ refers to the identity of the deity (deity yoga).”
backHere, “ambrosia-water” seems to refer to the early stages in the development of the fetus.
backThere seems to be some confusion here, as, according to the earlier statements in the commentaries, “ambrosia” and “water” both refer to semen. Here, however, the Tib. (151a.5) treats them as two separate things: “The ambrosia and the water are said initially to have a fivefold nature” (/gang[=gong] du bdud rtsi dang ni chu/ /lnga yi bdag nyid du ni gsungs/).
backThe Tib. (151a.5) has, “Fire is heat” (/me ni tsha ba nyid yin te/).
backThe Tib. (151a.5) has, “Through contact wind is seen as smoke” (/reg pas rlung ni du bar lta/).
backComm2 (1022–1023) seems to explain the five natures in terms of the experiences in the womb: “Initially, the body directly experiences five tactile sensations: the movement of smoke-like light is wind; the moist water is water; the tactile sensation of hardness is earth; and the blessing of vajra gnosis is blessing the root of nonconceptual emptiness-gnosis through reaching the gate of the central channel.” (The element of fire appears to be missing).
backThe Tib. (151a.6) seems to agree with the Skt., in rendering this passage as, “Wisdom, consecrated by the vajra, / Produces a fivefold form” (/ye shes rdo rje byin brlabs pas/ /rnam pa lngar ni rab tu bskyed/). Comm3 (1022–23) explains, “ ‘Vajra-consecrated wisdom’ means that the channel of nonconceptual wisdom is consecrated, that is, established, through being connecting to the gate of the avadhūtī.”
backComm1 (680) points out that the manner of this destruction is drying up.
backIt is not completely clear what the “witness” is. It is perhaps what the Tib. (151a.6) calls “lord / force” (dbang po=Skt. indriya). The commentaries agree with the Tib. Comm1 (680) explains, “The nature of the lord means that it holds / fixes. This means that the element of earth being coarseness and hardness, it has the function of holding / fixing.”
backComm1 (680) explains, “With the knowledge that assumes the form of the inner recitation of hūṁ, together with the concomitant pride, one consecrates the four elements. If one experiences the innate nature one does not recite.”
back“Lord” seems to be missing from the Tib. (151a.7), which has “branch / limb” (yan lag).
backThe translation of this and the following Apabhraṃśa verses is problematic. In the Tib. (151a.7) this verse seems to be, “With [your] vision invoked / By the power of pleasuring the vajra limb / You play in emptiness / Which is the nature of letters/” (/rdo rje yan lag dgyes pa’i mthus/ /spyan gyis gzigs par mdzad pa yi[Y, K, N, H=yis]/ /yi ge’i dngos po rang bzhin ni/ /stong par rol pa nyid kyis ni/).
backThe Degé (151b.2) has “the emptiness of all.”
backIn the Tib. (151b.3) this line reads “Which contains / includes the liberation of yoginīs” (/rnal ’byor ma yi thar pa can/).
backThe Degé (151b.3–4), when incorporating some variants, has, “ ‘O sons of noble family, by [chanting] this song of all the blessed tathāgatas one will become a son of all the victorious ones’—so said [the Blessed One].” (rigs kyi bu bcom ldan ’das de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi glu ’dis rgyal ba tham cad kyi [Y, K, N, H=kyi; D=kyis] bdag nyid las skye bar ’gyur ba la ’di skad ces bka’ stsal to).
backThe interpretation of raktagandha as “red sandalwood” is supported by Comm3 (1616). Comm1 (683) reflects “saffron” (gur gum).
backComm3 (1616) interprets “white” as “white sandal,” which is one of the possible translations of the Skt. sita.
backComm2 (1024) states, “All the substances should be purified into the five ambrosias.” Comm1 (683) offers more detail: “Purifying is done by adding pills of the five ambrosias or meditating on [the substances] as the nature of the five ambrosias.”
back“The wisdom ambrosia” supplied on the authority of Comm2 (1025).
backThe Degé (151b.6–7) has “Incense made from red flowers” (me tog dmar pos bdug). Y, K, N, and H have “red flower incense,” or perhaps “red flowers [and] incense” (me tog dmar po bdug).
backI.e., a skull cup.
backThese three lines are very unclear. Comm2 (1025) and Comm3 (1616–1617) have, “ ‘The tongue of hūṁ, by its principle’ means that oṁ causes [the substances] to blaze, āḥ melts [them], hūṁ increases [them], and with the light-ray straw of hūṁ, the wisdom ambrosia is brought forth and made to increase.” The Tib. (151b.7) and Comm1 (683), however, seem to reflect a different Skt. reading. Comm1 (683) has, “The suchness of the deity of reality, through its specifications, meaning through the nature of a five-colored light straw, or through the five tathāgatas, is enlisted to mentally invoke / summon [the wisdom ambrosia], and thereby satiate all the deities, such as the regnant deity and the rest.”
backEach hook belonging to its respective buddha family.
backComm1 (683–684) links these five to Akṣobhya, Vairocana, Ratnasambhava, Amitābha, and Amoghasiddhi, in turn. Comm2 (1026) links them to Akṣobhya, Ratnasambhva, Amoghasiddhi, Amitābha, and Vairocana, in turn. Comm3 (1616–1617) has, “Here, the five hooks, the nature of the five families renowned in the world, are the five types of flesh associated with the five tathāgatas: … horse flesh, Amitābha; cow flesh, the nature of Amoghasiddhi; human flesh, Vairocana; elephant flesh, the nature of Akṣobhya; and dog flesh, the nature of the chief deity,” in turn. Comm3 also offers a gloss of the five according to the process of sexual yoga.
backThe Skt. here is corrupt and the meaning is not clear. It is not certain whether the five names are meant to be the mantras, or the mantras are given elsewhere. The Tib. (152a.1–2) has, “These are the mantras of the five families / / Following the division of the five wisdoms” (/rigs lna rnams kyi sngags ’di dag/ /ye shes lnga yis rab dbye bas/). Comm2 (1026) has, “ ‘These are the mantras of the five wisdoms / According to the distinction of the five wisdoms’ means that one does invocation by enlisting the mantras of the five families.” Comm1 (684) does not have “mantra”; neither does Comm3 (1617), although it understands the five according to the five ambrosias, as linked with the five wisdoms.
backComm2 (684) elaborates, “…such as pacifying, and so forth.”
backThe Tib. (152a.2) has, “Should one wish to render a ritual act efficacious” (/gal te las la phan ’dod pas/). Comm1 (684) has “continual.” Comm2 (1026) has, “ ‘If one wishes for ritual action continually’ means should one wish to practice the activities at all times.”
backComm2 (1026) has “the thirteenth vowel, a.” Comm3 (1617) has “the thirteenth syllable, oṁ.”
backIn the Tib. (152a.3–4) this passage is in verse: “One should then satiate all deities / By joining the vowels and consonants / [That emerge] from the syllables at its (the moon’s) center” (/de’i dbus su sa bon gyi/ /A li kA li mnyam sbyar bas/ /lha kun de nas tshim par bya/). The commentaries seem to differ as regards details. Comm1 (684–685) says, “On top of the moon are the syllables of oṁ āḥ hūṁ, which transform into the vowels and consonants.” Comm2 (1026) has, “On top of the moon disk that emerges from the syllable a are the sixteen vowels and thirty-four consonants. Through the practice of radiating and absorbing light rays, the deities are satiated.” Comm3 (1617) has this line refer to breathing practices.
backThe commentaries indicate that this refers to ejaculation.
backRather than visualizing or generating it in the form of a crystal, Comm1 (685) speaks of the generated ambrosia being ejaculated “from the nature of the center of crystal.”
backIn the Tib. (152a.4) this verse is, “A flame sparked / and especially brought to a boil / Should be generated in the form of crystal / And then everything should be distributed” (/’bud pa sbyar ba nyid dang ni/ /khyad par du ni bskol ba nyid/ /shel gyi gzugs kyis bskyed bya zhing/ /de phyir thams cad brtag par bya/).
backIt is not clear whether this should be “in its,” “from its”, or perhaps “into its center.” The clues provided by the commentaries (please see the note at the end of this verse) differ.
backComm1 (685) has, “Starting with the welcome-offering dish, the lord of the maṇḍala, along with his retinue, should be made to taste the ambrosia that is extracted from the center of the nature of crystal.” Comm2 (1026) has, “Imagining a straw of light at the center of the tongue, one should have the ambrosia tasted”; it does not specify who the taster is. Comm3 (1618) states, “ ‘Of it,’ and so forth, means that through the practice of the vajra channel, one should have [ambrosia] tasted in the center of the avadhūtī.”
backPossibly stepping with one foot forward.
backThe Tib. (152a.5) has, “Pressing / stepping with the foot, one should gaze upward. / The form of [the syllable] pheṁ should emerge on / from one’s crown” (/rkang pas mnan cing steng du blta/ /spyi bor pheM gyi rnam pa ’byung/). Comm2 (685) describes the gesture spoken of in this verse as the “mudrā of summoning.” It also states, “One should summon reciting the mantra phaṭ.”
backThe Tib. (152a.5–6) has, “By offering on the fourteenth of the dark fortnight, / And especially on the eighth of the dark fortnight / And the tenth of the bright fortnight, / One’s offerings become the epitome / nature of offerings” (/zla ba mar ngo’i bcu bzhi dang/ /khyad par du ni brgyad pa dang/ /yar gyi ngo yi bcu pa la/ /mchod pa mchod pa’i bdag nyid ’gyur/). Comm1 (685) explains, “ ‘Having offered’ refers to perfectly offering externally. ‘The epitome / nature / identity of offerings’ means that it is the nature / epitome of that which contains the inner offerings.”
backThis verse begins in the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra, its source text, with oṁ; this reading is reflected in Comm2 (1027), which states, “That the syllable oṁ is announced at the beginning of the locations means these become verses of dedication to be accompanied by the ringing of the bell.”
backComm1 (685) states, “ ‘Goddess’ means Devadatta, i.e., Varuṇa.” The Degé (152a.7) also has “goddess,” but J, K, C, and N have Devadatta (lha sbyin). Incidentally, “Devadatta” reflects the reading in the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra, the source text for this passage.
backThe Tib. (152a.7) has “log ’dren” (vināyaka) in the plural (rnams).
backThe Tib. (152a.7) has before “Caṇḍālī” rgan byed mo and drag mo. These seem to be “Cāmuṇḍā” and “Raudrī/-ā” respectively.
backThe names in this and the following verses differ considerably from those in the source text, the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra.
backMost epithets used in this verse and the first half of the next could also be taken as proper names. The Tib., however, and Bhavabhaṭṭa’s commentary on the corresponding passage in the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra seem to indicate that they are intended as descriptions of the goddesses mentioned earlier.
back“Five” is missing from the Tib. (152b.3).
backThis probably refers to Jñānaḍākinī.
backThe Skt. edition and translation of this sentence have been influenced by the Tib. (152b.3) and Comm3 (1618). The Tib. reads, “The queen of the yoga maṇḍala, / And likewise, the exalted vajra lord” (/rnal ’byor dkyil ’khor rgyal mo che/ /de bzhin rdo rje’i dbang phyug gtso/). Comm3 states, “ ‘Great queen’ is wisdom in the form of Nairātymā. ‘Vajra lord’ is the element of gnosis. The main one (prabhu) is Vajrasattva.” The other two commentaries, however, differ in interpretation. Comm1 (687) has the “great queens,” in the plural, referring to a few sets of four goddess, such as “Pukkasī and so forth,” whereas it treats “the vajra ladies” (instead of “the vajra lord”) also in the plural, as referring to the four goddesses, “the Horse Faced One,” and so forth. Comm2 (1027) has this whole verse, including the second two lines and even the “vajra queen” in the next verse, as referring to the “five queens of the maṇḍala: the main vajra lady, Samantabhadrī; the body of the tathāgata, Locanā; the stainless (nirāmaya), Māmakī; the bestower, Pāṇḍaravāsinī; and the vajra queen (from the next verse), Tārā.”
backJñānaḍākinī?
backThe Tib. (152b.3–4) cryptically has “Among / from / within the great body of the tathāgata / [There is] the stainless dispenser / boon-granting lady / lord” (/de bzhin gshegs pa’i sku chen las/ /skyon med dbang phyug ’byin pa mo/). The Tib., Comm1, and Comm2 do not mention the “union” (yoga). The Skt. text does not make it clear whether she is an emanation from the union, or a dispenser of the union.
backComm1 (687) explains, “ ‘Vajra lady’ refers to Jñānaḍākinī, or Vajra Pride, or Vajravārāhī, or Nairātymā.”
backComm1 (687) understands “them” to refer to “the circle of wisdom deities.”
backSkt., oṁ ka kka kaḍḍana ba bba bandhana kha kkha khādana sarvadūṣṭānāṃ hana hana gha ggha ghātaya • amukasya śāntiṃ kuru hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ phaṭ jaḥ svāhā.
backIn the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra , which is the source text for this passage, this mantra is oṃ ka kka kaḍḍhaṇa ba bba bandhana kha khkha khādana sarvaduṣṭānāṃ hana hana ghātaya ghātaya amukasya hūṃ hūṃ hūṃ phaṭ phaṭ phaṭ jaḥ svāhā .
backAccording to Comm1 (687) and Comm2 (1027), this refers to the visualization and mantra specifications.
back“Of the deities” supplied on the authority of Comm1 (687).
backThe Tib. (152b.5) has, “Considering [their] activities and so forth, one should meditate upon the yogis and yoginīs. All [their] activities will [thus] be fulfilled.” (/las sogs bsams nas rnal ’byor dang/ /rnal ’byor ma ni bsgom par bya/ /las rnams thams cad rab ’grub ’gyur/).
back“The ambrosia’s ordinary” supplied on the authority of Comm1 (688).
back“Its ordinary” supplied on the authority of Comm1 (688).
back“Its ordinary” supplied on the authority of Comm1 (688).
backThe Tib (152b.6) has, “By reciting these three [syllables] thrice, / One should satiate all deities through three” (/rnam gsum lan gsum brjod pas ni/ /gsum gyis lha rnams tshim par bya/).
backThe three qualities of color, fragrance, and flavor, described here as the qualities of the deities, are the qualities that these deities give to the ambrosia.
backComm1 (688) glosses this line as, “Therefore, discard meditation on nothing at all.” The Tib. (152b.7) has, “Have no doubt about what is gathered [here!]” (/’du ba rnams la the tshom med/). Comm3 (1620) has “Harbor no concept about what is gathered / assembled, … since it does not connect you with saṃsāra.” It seems that the Tib. and Comm3 reflect a different reading.
backThe Tib. (152b.7–153a.1) translates this line as, “He should [do so] performing the ‘turning by desire’ ” (/rol bcas mchog tu rjes bskor bas/), reflecting a reading that is not kamalāvartaṃ, but kāmalāvartaṃ.
backThe Degé (153a.1) has, “He should proceed by transforming accordingly / Through the practice of his personal deity” (/rang ’dod lha yi rnal ’byor gyis/ /ji ltar rab tu bsgyur bas ’jug/). Comm2 (1028) states that “ ‘through the practice of one’s person deity’ means samādhi.”
backThe last two lines in the Tib. (153a.1–2) read “Devoid of apprehended object and apprehending subject. / May homage respectfully be paid to it!” (/gzung dang ’dzin pa rnam par spangs/ /gus pas de la phyag ’tshol cig/).
backIn the Tib. (153a.3) hūṁ hūṁ hūṁ comes after the next line rather than with the verse.
backBhavabhaṭṭa’s commentary on the corresponding passage in the Catuṣpīṭha Tantra explains that these deities are Jñānaḍākinī and her retinue.
backSkt., oṁ ātmani tiṣṭha hūṁ svāhā.
backComm2 (1028) refers to the deity/-ies being absorbed simply as “samayasattva.”
backComm2 (1028) explains, “ ‘In an instantaneous union, he should make offerings while visualizing his identity’ means that while visualizing himself as the glorious Heruka he should make offerings to the mundane ḍākinī.”
backSkt., oṁ sarvaduṣṭa gṛhṇa gṛhṇa gaccha hūṁ phaṭ.
backBhavabhaṭṭa’s commentary glosses these deities as “outer lokapālas.”
backComm2 (700) glosses the “hidden domain of sublime reality” as “concealed sublime intention, which is the domain of exalted, sublime intention.”
backInstead of “dexterous,” the Tib. (153b.3) seems to have “patience” (bzod).
back“The frightening form” is based on the Tib. (153b.5–6). The Skt. has gurupaṭaka, which could mean either “painting of the respectable / powerful one” or, possibly, “master’s portrait.”
backComm1 (701) elaborates, “With [the colors] as explained according to the nature of the five tathāgatas, soaked with the five ambrosias such as menstrual blood, semen, and so forth.” Comm3 (1621) has “sihla is mentrual blood. Karpūra is bodhicitta (semen). Feces and urine are included in the ‘and so forth.’ ”
backThe Negi dictionary (vol. 7, p. 2854) identifies niraṃśu as “bone ornament” (rus pa’i rgyan).
backInstead of “not be impure,” the Degé (153b.7) has “be impure” (ma dag pa lags), but N and H have “not be impure” (ma dag ma lags), thus corresponding better with the context.
backComm1 (701) identifies the “messenger lady” (dūtī) as “vajrayoginī.”
backComm1 (701) identifies “moon” as bodhicitta (seminal fluid). The Degé (153b.7) has “peace” (zhi ba), while J and C have “fourth” (bzhi par).
backThe Tib. (154a.1) has “The food together in the vessel” (/snod gcig tu ni zas nyid ni/). Comm1 (701) explains, “ ‘The dainty / elegant feast’ is through meditating on the procedure of consuming the ambrosia.”
backComm1 (701) explains, “The ‘female messenger’ is Vajrayoginī. The ‘moon’ is bodhicitta. ‘Together’ means together with the yoginīs in the place. The purity of the female messenger is through visualizing the form of the Blessed Lady. The moon is through visualizing Caṇḍālī. The exquisite feast is through visualizing the procedure for tasting the ambrosia. The purity of just this is to thoroughly enjoy by partaking of the delicacy (caru), which is the sexual fluid of the wisdom consort.”
backComm1 (701) explains, “The purities of just these are to be undertaken through perfectly partaking of the delicacy (caru), the sexual fluid of the external wisdom consort.”
backThe Tib. (154a.1) has, “What use would it be to observe [such a practice]” (/gnas ni ’di yis ci zhig dgos/). Comm1 (701) explains, “Therefore, one should act in accordance with such purifying forms only when the mind is pure; this does not involve ritual bathing, mouth cleansing, and the like. When one’s mind is stained with desire and such there is no fruition, meaning no purification.”
backThe Tib. (154a.2–3) has, “There is likewise no other effect [to this practice], O fair lady, / Aside from concentration and veneration. / If it is for the sake of livelihood / vitality / There are other yogas / practices upon which to rely” (/’dzin dang mchod pa ma gtogs par/ /gzhan du bzang po don med ’gyur/ /’tsho ba’i thabs kyi rgyu yi phyir/ /rnal ’byor gzhan la brten pa nyid/). Comm1 (701) states, “the meaning of the example is introduced with anyasya, ‘of other,’ which expresses other views, such as those of Hari, Hārita, and so forth. ‘No effect’ means that without seeing reality not even a portion of one’s desire and so forth will be eroded.” This perhaps implies that the Tib. should be read, “Aside from [their adherence to] concentration and veneration / [The views] of others are futile, O fair lady!”
backTranslated to conform with the Tib. (154a.3–4). Comm2 (1029) indicates that this verse is about the skull as the vessel for the paints, the skull that shares obvious features with conch shells, oyster shells, and pearls.
backInstead of “conduct” or “doctrine” (naya), the Tib. (154a.4) has “a stage / phase” (rim pa).
backComm1 (703) states that “great honey” is “human liquefied butter” (possibly human fat, or another bodily substance). Snellgrove, however, translates mahāmadhu as collyrium (Hevajra 2.7.2).
backThe Tib. (154a.7–154b.1) “[To others] one should give the samayasattva, / Allowing glimpses of it occasionally” (/dam tshig sems dpa’ sbyin par bya/ /res ’ga’ tsam zhig bstan pa’o/).
backThe Tib. (154b.1) has only, “One should give the samayasattva” (dam tshig sems dpa’ sbyin par bya), reflecting the reading in some of the manuscripts.
backThe Tib. (154b.1) has “cymbals” (sil snyan), but perhaps refers more broadly to “music.” Comm1 (703–704) has, “During accomplishment, one speaks musically to the elegant vajra maidens.” Just below in Comm1, music in general is indicated. Comm3 (1622) has, “In order to demonstrate the mantra letters of the different kinds of music.”
back“Vajradhara” here seems to be another name for Vajrasattva.
backIt would be difficult, if not impossible, to reconstruct this and most of the following mantras with certainty, given the variety of textual variants in the Sanskrit manuscripts and the different editions of the Tibetan Kangyur. The mantra translated here is, in Skt., ara ara jeṁ jeṁ smara smara caṭa vaṁ hoḥ hoḥ hulu hulu rulu rulu hūṁ jaḥ jaḥ ala ala hūṇu hūṇu hraṁ hraṁ hraṁ hū taṃ ghai ghai yai yai ta ṭa ghe ghe ṣeṁ ṣeṁ taṁ taṁ ghe ghe hondo hondo do hūṁ hūṁ kaka kaka kau kau kau vaiṁ vaiṁ kaiṁ kaiṁ krauṁ krauṁ krauṁ vaiṁ vajra vajra vajrīṁ vajrīṃ vaiḥ kaiṁ kaiṁ kaiṁ kaiṁ hūṁ bhyo bhyo bhyo. In the Degé (154b.2–3) this mantra is given as raṭa vaṁ ho hulu hulu hūṁ jaḥ hūṁ jaḥ ala ala hūṇu hūṇu hūṇu | hraṁ hraṁ hraṁ hu taṁ ghai hu taṁ ghai ghai ghai ghai taṭa ghai ghai taṁ ṭa ghai ghaiṁ ta ghai ta ghai ta ghai hondo hando do hūṁ do hūṁ | ka ka ka ka | kau kau kau | kauṁ kauṁ kauṁ | vaiṁ kaiṁ vaiṁ kaiṁ vaiṁ kaiṁ | viṁ vajra vajrī vaiṁ vajra vajraṁ vaiṁ | kaiṁvaiṁ kaiṁvaiṁ kaiṁvaiṁ kaiṁvaiṁ hūṁ bhyo hūṁ bhyo hūṁ bhyo | rulu rulu rulu hūṁ bhyo hūṁ bhyo hūṁ bhyo.” Other versions have variations in all the mantras.
backLīlāgati, “One with a Graceful Gait”; could this possibly be another name of Hayagrīva?
backThe Degé. (154b.3–4) has, “The [mantra] of Play is given as follows: ṭakki hūṁ jaḥ ṭakki hūṁ jaḥ takki jaḥ.”
backThe Skt. word taḍava could perhaps refer to the pounding sound of the hooves of a galloping horse.
backSkt., taḍava taḍava vāhneṁ vāhneṁ. The Degé (154b.3–4) has taḍava taḍava vrahme vrahme.
backIn the Tib. (154b.4) this mantra is given as hrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ hrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ hrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ ṣṭrīṁ ṣṭṛīṁ ṣṭrīṁ hrī ṣṭṛī hrī ṣṭrī hrī ṣṭrī.
backSkt., hrīṁ hrīṁ kuṁ hrīṁ kuṁ hrīṁ khe khe kheṁ kheṁ kheṁ padmaṃ padmaṃ hrīṁ padmaṃ padmaṃ padmaṃ trīṁ trāṁ trīṁ trāṁ trīṁ trāṁ hrīṁ hrīṁ hrīṁ hrī taṁ hrī taṁ hrīṁ hrīṁ hrīṁ. Again, this mantra differs in the Degé and other versions.
backAlso known under its Skt. name, ḍamaru.
backThe Skt. could also be interpreted as, “One should make the base of the drum from sandalwood.” The Tib. (154b.5) has, “root of vajriśirśa” (badzri shirsha rtsa ba). Y, J, K, and C all have śirṣa (shirSa). Comm1 (704) identifies vajrī as sandalwood (“vajrī is śirikhaṇḍa wood”). Comm3 (1622) has “root of dry śariṣa.”
backComm3 (1622) has, “ ‘Red sandal grown on Malaya’ means it should be made with the five kinds of red sandalwood.”
backComm1 (704) has, “twelve is for a long one, and the other [measures] are for shorter ones.”
back“Secret flower” seems to refer to menstrual blood.
backThe Tib. (155a.1) has, “Standing there on the left side, / One should recite kheṁ hūṁ / Preceded by the name / And strike down with the foot bone of a ṭīṭibhi bird.” (/der gnas g.yon pa’i ngos su ni/ /ji ltar dang por ming bzung ba/ /kheṁ hūṁ zhes ni brjod nas ni/ /chu skyar rkang pa’i rus pas gdab/). Comm1 (704) explains, “Standing on / in the form of vajra holder (Vajradhara?) at the center of the four-sided maṇḍala / One should recite ‘so-and-so ākarṣaya such-and-such person hūṁ’ in the manner of summoning, with the heel of the one’s left foot positioned atop, like the foot of a ṭīṭibhi bird, and then one should stamp the maṇḍala under one’s foot.”
back“Without a doubt” is missing from the Tib. (155a.1).
backInstead of “agitated,” the Tib. (155a.2) has “angered” (khros pa). Comm3 (1622) has “with a wrathful gaze.”
backThe Tib. (155a.2–3) (/khyod ni dam tshig la ni khro bo sngon po mdzes/) agrees with this reading, but Comm1 (704) has, “O exquisite / shining blue wrathful one! Your samaya is efficacious.” The reading “efficacious” is supported by one of the Skt. manuscripts.
backIn the Tib. (155a.3) this line begins with “accomplishment” (dngos grub = Skt. siddhi).
backApabhraṃśa, sohaï ṇīlakoddhu tuhūṁ samayahi ciddhu | pāṇihi dharaï daṇḍa māṇikkaṃhi baddhu | tojju pecchivi vīru mellu saṃsāruttāru | jāṃvi duvāra mellu mahuṃ joiṇi majhu. The translation of this verse has been influenced by the Tib. The Degé (155a.3) translates the second half-stanza as, “Admit / release me, O glorious hero, amidst the sky-adorning yoginīs, / Where saṁsāra, liberated, is subsumed into your assembly!” (kye dpal ldan dpa’ bo ’du bar ’khor ba sgrol ’khums /mkha’ mdzes rnal ’byor ma yi nang du bdag thong shig). Here the imperative thong (“admit / release”), however, could easily be a scribal error for mthong, “behold.” Y, K, and N have the imperative “subsume!” (khums). The commentaries vary in interpretation; Comm1 (704) has, “Behold me amidst the yoginīs … I will liberate … I will enter the gate.” Comm3 (1622) has, “Liberate from saṁsāra through bringing beings into your assembly … bring the bodies assembled amidst the yoginīs.”
backAccording to Monier-Williams, “excellence” (śobhana) can be a technical term for the burnt offering.
backThe Degé (155a.5) has, “The essential ambrosia is wine” (/snying po bdud rtsi rgun chang yin/). N and H have (ro mchog = finest flavor) instead of (rgun chang = wine): “The essential ambrosia is the finest tasting [spirit].”
backComm1 (705) explains that “ ‘outcaste’ means ‘symbol / code.’ ” This gives us the meaning, “According to the coded terms of all buddhas, ambrosia is the eightfold path.”
backComm1 (705) breaks this into two items, “honey wine and grape wine.”
backIt is not clear who is meant by the One with Harsh Desire (kharakāmuka). The Degé (155a.6) supports the Skt. with, “Oyster shell is the One with Harsh Desire” (/nya phyis rtsub pa’i ’dod pa can/). Comm1 (705) has, “Oyster shell, or cukra (śukra?), is the Lady with Harsh Desire.”
backThe Tib. (155a.6) has “excrement” (bshang ba).
backThe names of these two types of rice brew (kāñjika and kāñjikī) are distinguished by the grammatical gender to correspond with, respectively, the male and female characters they denote.
backThis mantra song varies between the Skt. manuscript and the different versions of Kangyur. It would be difficult to reconstruct it reliably.
backThe Tib. (155b.2–3) seems to be saying, “Since the gazes correspond with the fist-gestures, / Gaze and fist-gesture are danced in rhythm; / All buddhas perform these according to the stages of yoga” (/gang phyir lta stangs de khu tshur/ /lta stangs khu tshur rkang pas rkang/ /ji ltar rnal ’byor rim pa las/ /sangs rgyas kun gyis rnam par mdzad/). My rendering is largely conjectural.
backThe Tib. (155b.3) has, “[The consort] could be [one’s] niece, mother-in-law, mother, or sister” (/sring mo’i bu mo sgyug mo dang/ /ma dang sring mo yin na yang/).
back“Divinely” is missing from the Tib. (155b.3).
backThe Tib. (155b.5) has “about the signs of accomplishment / Of the samaya of the vajra master” (//rdo rje slob dpon dam tshig gi/ /grub rtags). Comm1 (707) explains this in terms of “practicing the samaya conduct to be performed for the sake of the accomplishments of that [vajra master],” referring to “the accomplishment of the Great Seal, through only being together with the consort.” Comm2 (1031) has “the samaya for accomplishing the vajra master.”
backThe interpretation here follows Comm1 (707), which takes the “Great Circle” to be “the maṇḍala of Vajrasattva, which is first” and is “the form of the samayasattva,” “and the ‘heart maṇḍala’ to be the jñānasattva.” Comm3 (1624) has, “One should first visualize at one’s heart the maṇḍala of the Vajra of Bliss, and then draw the maṇḍala externally.”
backThe Tib. (155b.6–7) has, “Through having become accomplished at the onset of all eons / The great master is primordially accomplished” (/skal ba kun gyi sngon grub pas/ /slob dpon chen po gdod nas grub/). This half-stanza could also be interpreted to mean, “The great master, once he is accomplished, will gain / [Full recollection] of all eras from the beginning [of time].”
backComm2 (1032) interprets this line quite differently, possibly reflecting a different Sanskrit reading: “through attaining the permission of the deity and thus being potent in activities, one will be victorious over beings.”
backComm2 (1032) explains, “The features of the yogi are adhering to ultimate reality, donning armor from having trained in the aspects of approach and accomplishment, zeal for the nonduality of means and wisdom.”
back“The mother” must refer to the master’s wife, as the father and the mother (the master and his wife) are spoken of also in the next verse.
backThe Tib. (156a.3) has “Will cultivate” (bsgom par ’gyur).
backInstead of “daughter or a wife of a vidyādhara,” the Tib. (156a.4) simply has “vidyādharī” (rig ’dzin ma).
backThe meaning of the last three lines is not clear. The second half-stanza is possibly intended for female practitioners who unite with appropriate male partners. The Tib. (156a.6), however, has something like, “One accomplishes these that are considered to be in conjunction. / Moreover, through this [technique one can also accomplish] / Wrathful deities and sons of victorious ones” (/rigs pas ’dod pa ’di dag ’grub/ /gzhan yang ’dis ni khro bo yi/ /lha dang rgyal ba’i sras po dang/). Comm2 (1032) seems to agree with the Tib., while the other commentaries are silent.
backThe Tib. (156b.1) has “austerities and precepts” (dka’ thub brtul zhugs).
backThe Tib. (156b.1) has, “How will he reach buddhahood?” (/sangs rgyas nyid ni gang du ’gyur/).
backThe Tib. (156b.1) has, “He will not know it again” (/yang ni de ni shes mi ’gyur/).
backIn the Tib. this entire Part 2 section is in prose. The original, however, could have been composed in meter, discernible in places.
backThe Tib. (156b.3) has “where the being-of-wisdom-consort / wisdom-consort-being has reached accomplishment” (rig ma’i skyes bu grub pa der). Comm1 (714–715) confirms this: “The man who is together with his seal, which is the wisdom consort (rig ma) mentioned earlier, is the wisdom-consort-being.”
backInstead of “Magadha,” the Tib. (156b.3) has “Māra” (bdud).
backThe Tib. (156b.4) has “hail storm” (gnam rdo).
backThe meaning of this line is unclear. The Tib. (156b.4–5) has: phyag rgya’i skye gnas kyi snying por khams gsum thams cad snang ba.
backInstead of “the Aśvins,” the Tib. (156b.5) has stobs bzang po, which is literally “Good Strength” (Skt. *balabhadra).
backHere the Skt. word for “sun” (bhānu) seems to be used as a proper name of the sun personified.
backThe Tib. (156b.5) has instead of nāgas, “mahoragas and supreme of gods(?)” (lto ’phye dang/ lha’i mchog).
backIn the Skt. this is pāda b from the next verse.
backPāda c from this verse.
backThe Tib. (156b.6) has tambura (tambu ra).
backInstead of “large drums,” the Tib. (156b.6) literally has “copper conch” (zangs dung).
backPāda d from the previous verse.
backPāda a from this verse.
backIn the Tib. (156b.7) this half-stanza reads, “All the daughters of gods and of vidyādhara kings will dance and play many cymbals” (lha’i bu mo dang/ rig pa ’dzin pa’i rgyal po’i bu mo thams cad sil snyan du ma byed pa).
backThe Tib. (156b.7–157a.1) has, “The kinnaras and yakṣas will sing songs, dance, and perpetually frolic, joyfully exclaiming, ‘Victory! Victory!’ ” (mi ’am ci dang/ gnod sbyin gyis glu len par byed cing gar byed pa dang/ de la dga’ ba dang bcas pas rgyal ba rgyal ba zhes bya ba’i sgras rtag tu rol par byed pa).
backThe Degé (157a.1) and most other versions have, “The gods who are siddhas dwelling in the sky extended their congratulations” (gang zhig grub pa nam mkhar gnas pa’i lha rnams kyis ni legs so’i rnam par rab tu gsol bar mdzad do/). N and H do not have “gods,” only “the siddhas who dwell in the sky.”
backThe Tib. (157a.1–2) has, “The most eminent gods, the sons of gods, and the vidhyādharas who dwell in the Tuṣita realm, extending all the way up to those who dwell in Akaniṣṭha, will come and pay homage” (gang zhig dga’ ldan du gnas pa’i lha rab mchog dang/ gang zhig lha’i bu dang/ rig ’dzin pa pa dang/ ’og min gyi bar du ’ongs nas phyag ’tshal).
backInstead of “all things,” the Tib. (157a.5) has “all things for everyone” (thams cad kyi don thams cad). The Skt. sarvārtha is somewhat vague, and can be translated and interpreted in many ways, including “he who has accomplished all his aims,” or “he who fulfills all aims for others,” or both these interpretations at the same time.
backThe Tib. (157a.6) has, “He is the tranquil one.”
backInstead of “perpetually arising,” the Tib. (157a.6) has “perpetually illuminating” (rtag tu ’char bar mdzad pa) reflecting perhaps not the reading nityodito, but nityoddyotito.
backThe Tib. (157a.7) reads the word “king” with the next sentence.
backThe Tib. (157a.7) has “Being the unbreakable king” (rgyal po phyed par dka’ ba’i phyir).
backThe Tib. (157b.1) has instead “leaving the kingdom” (khab nas mngon par ’byung ba). In any case, one would expect this item to come after the next one, i.e., after the “playful exploits of his childhood.”
backThis item is missing from the Tib. (157b.2).
backThe Tib. (157b.3) has “unequaled subjugation of Māra” (bdud btul ba mnyam pa med pa).
backThe Tib. (157b.2) has only “awakening” (sangs rgyas pa).
backThe translation here follows the Tib. (157b.3), which has “inducting fortunate beings into purity” or “inducing the purification of fortunate beings” (skal ba dang ldan pa’i skye bo dag pa gzhug pa), which seems to be an attempt to translate the Skt. literally. The Skt. could, however, be interpreted as “releasing virtuous people from [demonic] possession.”
backThe Tib. (157b.3) has instead, “having no recourse to / reliance upon an alms bowl” (bsod snyoms kyi lhung bzad la ltos pa med pa).
backThe Tib. (157b.3) has “being the very representative of bodhisattvas” (byang chub sems dpa’i rgyal tshab nyid).
backThe Tib. (157b.4) for this item has simply, “parinirvāṇa.”
backThe Tib. (157b.4–5) has, “One who is accomplished will act for the benefit of all beings in a dreamlike way, especially displaying the supreme play of a buddha in these many dreamlike manners” (’di ltar khyad par du ma rmi lam lta bur sangs rgyas kyi rol pa mchog tu ston par mdzad de/ gang zhig grub pa sgyu ma’i tshul gyis ’gro ba thams cad kyi don mdzad do/).
backIn the Tib. (157b.6–7) the second half-stanza is “Are strongly attached to external objects / And thus enmeshed by a network of concepts” (/phyi rol dngos por mngon zhen pas/ /rtog pa’i dra bas dra bar byas/).
backThe Tib. (157b.7–158a.1) reads, “In order to develop gnosis in beings / The buddhas taught means / That are ultimately only merit. / But if this is neither born nor relinquished / Who can be attached to demerit?” (/sems can ye shes ’phel ba’i phyir/ /don dam las ni bsod nams nyid/ /thabs ni sangs rgyas rnams kyis bstan/ /skye ba dang ni spangs med na/ /bsod nams min la su zhig zhen/).
backInstead of “mantra adept” the Tib. (158a.3) has “path adept” (lam rig).
backThe Tib. (158a.3) uses honorific forms to distinguish these as “awakened” bodies, speech, and minds (sku gsung thugs).
backThe Skt. has here and in the following verses “the samaya of the possessor of the vajra body / mind / speech.”
backThe Tib. (158a.5) has, “That one should not offend the mind / Through [provoking] various austerities / And negative concepts among beings / Is the samaya of vajra mind” (/sems can sna tshogs gdung ba dang/ /kun rtog ngan pa’i rnam rtog gis/ /sems la smad par mi bya ste/ /thugs kyi rdo rje’i dam tshig go/).
backThe Tib. (158a.5–6) has, “Not to speak harsh words, and such / That are cruel out of jealousy, / But only what is pleasing to the ear, / Is the samaya of vajra speech” (/phrag tog nyid kyis ma rungs pas/ /tshig rtsub la sogs smra mi bya/ /rna ba bde bar byed pa nyid/ /gsung gi rdo rje’i dam tshig go/).
backThe interpretation of this half-stanza is uncertain. The Tib. (158a.7) interprets it as, “Amitābha is in the bones / Since he extends along with the family of all beings” (/rus pa la ni ’od dpag med/ /sems can rnams kyi rigs bcas ’bab/), taking the Skt. saṃkula (crowded / compact, or multitude / totality) to mean “family” (kula).
backThe Skt. of this half-stanza seems corrupt and the meaning is not clear. The Tib. (158a.7) has, “Amoghasiddhi, the very king of sages, / Is the circuit of the bunches of arterial sinews” (/rtsa yi ’ching ba’i tshogs kyi sgor/ /don yod thub pa rgyal po nyid/).
backThe meaning of this half-stanza is unclear. The translation here is influenced by the Tib. (158b.1), which has, “Desire, hatred, delusion, craving, and volitions are to be increased” (/’dod chags zhe sdang gti mug dang/ /sred pa dang ni ’du byed ’phel/). If, however, the Skt. grammar were followed, the translation should rather be, “Desire, hatred, and delusion are increased by craving and [acts of] volition.”
backThe Degé (158b.1–2) has “teach” instead of “observe.” Y, K, N, and H, however, have the latter.
backThe Tib. (158b.2) has, “It (the observance of samaya) will happen through eating [these substances] always” (/thams cad du ni zos pas ’byung/).
backThe translation of this verse has been influenced by the Tib. There are, however, several other possibilities based on the different readings in the manuscripts and also the corresponding passage in the Yoginīsañcāra Tantra with its commentaries.
back